UNWTOSAr11-IntroBookletARB by S Figueras

(โ ซุงโ ฌ% ) โ ซุฑุงุช ('!ู ุง " ุงโ ฌ% โ ซ ุฏ ุฃู ุง ุง "!ุก ุงโ ฌุ โ ซ ู ุง ุงโ ฌ . ! โ ซ ุง ) ! ุงโ ฌ3"( !2 3"4 โ ซ ! ุงโ ฌ- .!)/ โ ซ ุงโ ฌ01!" โ ซู ุฅุฏุงุฑุฉ ุง ) ! ุงโ ฌ

โ ซ ุงโ ฌ0;!6 โ ซ ู !; < ุงโ ฌ/ โ ซ ุงโ ฌ:(! โ ซ ุง ู โ ฌ/ ! 9% 4 โ ซู ู โ ฌ%'4 โ ซ ู โ ฌ. 6 โ ซ ุงโ ฌ7 โ ซ ู โ ฌ :(โ ซ ู โ ฌA โ ซ ุฃ ุงโ ฌ4 โ ซ' ุฃู โ ฌ9 โ ซ ุง?ุฑ ุง ! )ู ุงโ ฌ0;!6 โ ซ =! ู ุข ุง ุงโ ฌ ! ) โ ซ !ุช ุงโ ฌEF? ! โ ซู ุงโ ฌ% โ ซ ุงโ ฌ.1 (2004) ! ) โ ซ" ุงโ ฌ4โ ซ ู โ ฌG โ ซ ู ุง " ุน ุงโ ฌG โ ซ! ุง " ุน ุงโ ฌJ4K 2 G โ ซ ุง !ุฏุฆ ุงโ ฌ.2 CBD Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development (2004)

(2009) OQ!2" โ ซ ุขโ ฌR โ ซ ุฏุง ุณ ุฅโ ฌO(

.3 From Davos to Copenhagen (2009)

(2009) " โ ซ ุง = ู ุงโ ฌGโ ซ ุฃโ ฌO( ! . : G โ ซ! ุง " ุน ุงโ ฌJ4โ ซุงโ ฌ

.4 CBD Tourism for Nature and Development (2009)

!! 9

โ ซ ุฃ( ุง !ุกโ ฌR ุ ( โ ซ ุงุกุฉโ ฌR"

โ ซ ุฅ ุก ุง ุฑุงุช ู ุง ุง ุง โ ฌ โ ซู ุฅุฏุงุฑุฉ ุง ุง โ ช #$โ ฌุง " ! โ ฌ โ ซโ ช 7-3โ ฌุข ู ุง ู ู โ ช/โ ฌุฏ โ ช2011โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซ โ ช ุ โ ฌุง ุง ุง ุฏ โ ฌ

โ ซ โ ช 23 &4 5โ ฌุน ุง โ ช 0โ ฌู ุงโ ช!0โ ฌุงู โ ช "#โ ฌุฃู โ ช +# ,โ ฌุฏุฑ ุง !)& ู ( ุต ุง & โ ช "# ู %โ ฌุง !ุงู )โ ช : 5; < 0โ ฌุง โ ช !89โ ฌุงุชโ ฌ โ ซุฅ = โ ช A "# %10โ ฌู ุง & ุง (โ ช ุ โ ฌู ู ุฃโ ช !0โ ฌุฃโ ช Aโ ฌุน ุง โ ช F 28โ ฌุช ุงู (โ ช Gโ ฌุง โ ช = F ุ ,โ ฌุง โ ช "# ,Eโ ฌุฃ โ ช 9 Dโ ฌุถโ ฌ โ ซ โ ช O,โ ฌู โ ช "# &Nโ ฌุง โ ช LM9โ ฌุงุช ุงโ ช F 9KJโ ฌู ุงโ ช +93Jโ ฌุฏ ู ุง โ ช Iโ ฌุง โ ช! 8โ ฌุฉโ ช.โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซู ุง โ ชR !Sโ ฌุข ุฃู ู โ ช QRโ ฌุง โ ช LM9โ ฌุงุช โ ู โ ช A Jโ ฌุง [โ ช YZโ ฌุง โ ชRโ ฌู ; ุงโ ช DWKโ ฌุง โ ช UVโ ฌุง โ ช ; "F =;M9; J โ ู I A Tโ ฌุข \โ ฌ โ ซุง โ ช 2 0โ ฌุง โ ช Tโ ฌู โ ช = Fโ ฌุง ุงโ ช 3โ ฌุง โ ช 2โ ฌู ุง โ ช & ุ ` T( ( 8%โ ฌุฅ โ ช ,S ; Wโ ฌุฃ [ ู โ ช E "Fโ ฌุจ ุง โ ช = F Y 2^9โ ฌุง !ู โ ฌ โ ซุง โ ช & 2โ ฌู โ ช!Fโ ฌู ู โ ช Kโ ฌุฏ ุฅุฏุงุฑุฉู ุงุฑุฏโ ชd( ุ e R .โ ฌู ุฅุฏุงุฑุฉ ุง โ ช 0โ ฌุง โ ช!9โ ฌุงโ ช 9A ุ #โ ฌุฏู ุฅ = ุฃู !ุงู ู ู ุงโ ช Tbโ ฌู ุฅ =โ ฌ โ ซุง โ ช Y 2^9โ ฌู ุงโ ชfโ ฌุฏุงุฑุฉ โ ุฅโ ช ( bโ ฌุฅ = ุงโ ช 9Fโ ฌุฏ โ ช 5; ู hโ ฌู ุฑ โ ช 5# = F #โ ฌุฑุข ุข& ุง โ ช Vโ ฌุงู ุง โ ช" 4โ ฌุ ู โ ช #โ ฌุงโ ช Kโ ฌโ ฌ โ ซุง โ ช 59โ ฌุช ู ุง ุง !ู ุง ; โ ช 0 2โ ฌุ ู ู โ ช Kโ ฌุฏ โ ช!9 # #โ ฌุงโ ช , +9 j ) #โ ฌู ; โ ช R iโ ฌู ;โ ช & Z5โ ฌุง โ ฌ โ ซุง โ ช 9T9โ ฌู ุง ^!โ ช #โ ฌุชุ ู ;โ ช , 8โ ฌุง โ ช LM9โ ฌุงุช ุงโ ช F 9KJโ ฌู ุงโ ช +93Jโ ฌุฏ ู ุง โ ช Iโ ฌุง โ ช 9Tโ ฌุ ู ุฏุฑุงโ ช Aโ ฌุง โ ช iโ ฌุต ุง โ ช 0 N 8โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซ;โ ช " #Mโ ฌุฅ ุงุฏุงุช !โ ช li0 ,Fโ ฌุง โ ช 2โ ฌู ุง โ ช = F k( Tโ ฌุง ^!โ ช #โ ฌุช ุง โ ช ( 9โ ฌุ ู ุฑโ ช !jโ ฌุง โ ช LM9โ ฌุงุช ุงโ ช S fโ ฌู ุง โ โ ฌ โ ซ โ ช &[iโ ฌุข& ุฐ โ ช eโ ฌุฅุฐุงู ; โ ช 29โ ฌุฅุฏุงุฑุฉ ุง โ ช 0โ ฌุง โ ช!9โ ฌุงโ ช #โ ฌุฃู ;[ " ุง โ ช!8โ ฌุฑุฉ โ ช ; = Fโ ฌุง โ ช 9 0โ ฌุง(โ ช # Uโ ฌุงโ ช 9FJโ ฌุฑุงุชโ ฌ โ ซุง โ ช 0 !4 # ุ Iโ ฌุง(\ โ ช liT 3โ ฌุง โ ช 2โ ฌู โ ช 0โ ฌุง โ ช ( 8%โ ฌุง โ ช ุ Tโ ฌู โ ช 4S5โ ฌุง โ ช 9Sโ ฌุช ุง โ ช Tโ ฌู ุฃโ ช Tjโ ฌุจ ุง โ ช 5โ ฌุฑ โ ฌ โ ซุง โ ช Z+โ ฌุฉ โ ช = Fโ ฌุฃู ุง โ ช\Kโ ฌุกุงู ( โ ช "# ู nFโ ฌุง โ ช.โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซู โ ช D ( eq J #โ ฌุฃู ุง โ ช 0โ ฌุง โ ช!9โ ฌุงโ ช & T; #โ ฌุง โ ช!8โ ฌุฑุฉ โ ช = Fโ ฌุง โ ช " # U ( 9โ ฌุง โ ช Wโ ฌุงโ ช pKโ ฌุงโ ช +93Jโ ฌุฏ ู ุง โ ช Wโ ฌุงโ ช pKโ ฌุง โ ชุ Iโ ฌโ ฌ โ ซู โ ช = Fโ ฌุฅโ ช 2Fโ ฌุก โ ชู \Z#โ ฌู โ ช 9 G Fโ ฌุง โ ช!9โ ฌุงโ ช. #โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซ โ ช 9AJโ ฌุฏ ุฅ = โ ช A ุ U A #โ ฌู โ ช 5 ,โ ฌุท ุก ุง โ ช!8โ ฌุฑุงุช ู โ ชRโ ฌุง (โ ช\; Gโ ฌู ! ุง โ ช 5โ ฌุฑุข " ( ู ุง ุฏู ุงุช ุง โ ช 9 G 89โ ฌุงโ ฌ โ ซโ ช ,W( "#โ ฌุง โ ช jโ ฌุง โ ช F G( A Aโ ฌุง โ ช Y 2^9โ ฌู โ ช 0 Y ; # s#โ ฌุง โ ช!9โ ฌุงโ ช G( #โ ฌุง โ ช UVโ ฌุง โ ชุ ู I A Tโ ฌโ ฌ โ ซุฅโ ช ู ( bโ ฌุฅ = ุข โ ช R i ; iโ ฌู โ ชRโ ฌุง โ ช s#โ ฌู ;โ ช D Z5โ ฌู ุฑโ ช.Q!jโ ฌโ ฌ

โ ซุง โ ช%2โ ฌู )ุง?ู โ ช%โ ฌุงู (โ ฌ โ ซุง โ ช!Wโ ฌู โ ช 5 "#โ ฌุท ุก ุง โ ช!8โ ฌุฑุงุช ู โ ชRโ ฌุง ู ;\ู ! ุง โ ช 5โ ฌุฑุข " ( ู ุง โ ช Wโ ฌุฑุงุช ู ุง ุฏู ุงุชโ ช .โ ฌู ู = ุฃ [ ู ุฅ =โ ฌ โ ซ; ( โ ชู !9 #โ ฌู โ ช 8โ ฌุด ู ุง โ ช G( i9โ ฌุง โ ช 9โ ฌุง โ ช!9โ ฌุงโ ช #โ ฌู ุฅุฏุงุฑุฉ ุง โ ช G( 0โ ฌุง โ ช UVโ ฌุง โ ช ุ ู I A Tโ ฌู ุฏุฑุงโ ช Aโ ฌุข& ุงโ ช tโ ฌุชโ ฌ โ ซู ุง ุฏู ุงุช ู ุง โ ช !T9โ ฌุช ู ุง ุฏุฆ ุง โ ช W K 9โ ฌุฐุงุช ุง โ ช ุ +โ ฌู ุง โ ช &ู j 9โ ฌุฅ = โ ช 0โ ฌู ู ุงโ ช Z% 3โ ฌุงุช ู ุง โ ช 5โ ฌุข& ุง โ ช!3 G9โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซ ุงโ ชx # WWKโ ฌู ุง โ ช. 0โ ฌโ ฌ

โ ซุง "โ ช '2โ ฌู ุง โ ช 2โ ฌโ ฌ

โ ซ;โ ช SW # y M9โ ฌุง & ุง โ ช- kโ ฌุง โ ช ุ โ ฌุง โ ช & T; = F N 8โ ฌุง โ ช S9โ ฌุฑุจ ุง โ ช = F U 2 ; G9โ ฌุง โ ช 5โ ฌุฑุข "โ ช "# ุ โ ฌู โ ช!0โ ฌุงุชู โ ฌ โ ซโ ช " [9; < T ุ i 9^#โ ฌุข& ู โ ช!0โ ฌุฉ โ ช Fโ ฌู โ ช ู bโ ฌู โ ช 53 #โ ฌุช ู โ ช 0โ ฌุงุฑุงุชโ ช ุ โ ฌุฅ = โ ช ` Kโ ฌุง โ ช 9โ ฌุฒู ุน โ ช F S# " bโ ฌุช & โ ช= Fโ ฌโ ฌ โ ซุฏุฑุงโ ช Aโ ฌุช ุง โ ช Tโ ฌู ุง โ ช 8โ ฌู โ ช. 8 2; 25 Mโ ฌโ ฌ โ ซ ุฅ = ุง ู ุถโ ช ุ โ ฌู โ ช = Fโ ฌุง โ ช "# ,Eโ ฌุฃ โ ช ู & 5 ู k ู V R)M; Wโ ฌุฃโ ช ุ GA Aโ ฌุฅโ ช Jโ ฌุฃ โ ช 9A Wโ ฌู โ ช +3โ ฌุฉโ ช ; ุ โ ฌุขโ ช= F \4โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซุง โ ช iโ ฌู โ ช ,โ ฌู ;โ ช 5โ ฌุฑู ุง ุฏู ุงุช ุฐุงุช ุง โ ช +โ ฌู ;โ ช ู <Tโ ฌุง โ ช 5โ ฌุฑุข " โ ช = Fโ ฌุง โ ช!3 &F i9โ ฌุฑ ุง ู โ ช 29โ ฌุนโ ช ุ โ ฌุข ุฃ โ ช 9A Wโ ฌู โ ช T+#โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซ โ ช q 8โ ฌุช ู ุง โ ช Tโ ฌุงุฑุงุชโ ช .โ ฌุฃโ ช #โ ฌุง โ ช 25โ ฌุง โ ช 8 29โ ฌู ุง & โ ช F S# " bโ ฌุช โ ุง โ ช " b R i ู 9A G9โ ฌุข& ู โ ช!0โ ฌุฉ โ ช "#โ ฌุง โ ช!0โ ฌุงุชโ ฌ โ ซโ ( โ ช 9โ ฌู โ ช\ ; #โ ฌุฉ โ ช = Fโ ฌุง & ุง !ุง โ ช) Gโ ฌุง \ ุฑุงุช ุง โ ช ุ ( 89โ ฌู ุฃโ ช = F ู 0โ ฌุฏุฑุงโ ช Aโ ฌุช ุง โ ช Tโ ฌุง ^โ ช. 2โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซ โ ช ( bfโ ฌุฅ = ุฐ โ ช ุ eโ ฌู }โ ช i9Aโ ฌุฏุฉ โ ช!4 Kโ ฌุงู โ ช "#โ ฌู โ ช QRโ ฌุง !ู ุฑุฉโ ช = 8 9 !3 ุ โ ฌุง โ ช 5โ ฌุฑุข ู )โ ช ! Fโ ฌุง)โ ช 9โ ฌุฑู โ ช (,โ ฌุขโ ช" [9 ู i ; ู 4 9โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซุฑ โ ช 5 #โ ฌุฑุงุช ู โ ชJ 8#โ ฌุช ; โ ช kโ ฌุง โ ช 0โ ฌุง โ ช ุ โ ฌุฃู ุฃู โ ช #โ ฌุงุฏู ุฃ) ู โ ช 8โ ฌุงุกุฉโ ช &N ,W(4 ; ุ โ ฌู ุง โ ช iโ ฌู โ ช,โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซุง โ ช A Aโ ฌู ุง [ ู ุฑ โ ช QRWโ ฌุง !ู ุฑุฉโ ช ,W # `ู 2ู < T ุ โ ฌุฅโ ช!Fโ ฌุงุฏ ุฃ โ ช F/ 25โ ฌู ุถ โ ช 0โ ฌู ุง โ ช bโ ฌุนโ ช.โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซู ุง โ ช "# !+8โ ฌู โ ช QRโ ฌุง โ ช 8โ ฌุฑ โ ุง โ ช &8 % 9โ ฌู ุงโ ช!^9Aโ ฌุงู ุง ุฏู ุงุช ุง โ ช ุ F4 9โ ฌู ;โ ช V 5โ ฌุง โ ช S9โ ฌุฑุจ ุง ^โ ช ^ i 9โ ฌุงุกโ ฌ โ ซู ุง โ ช 5โ ฌุฑุข "โ ช ุ โ ฌู ุงโ ช 9Fโ ฌุฏ โ ช !9 #โ ฌุช ุง โ ช 8โ ฌุด ู ุง & ุง โ ช F S# " b G8 29โ ฌุช โ ู ุฃู โ ช & j 9โ ฌุง โ ช 5โ ฌุฑุข ู ุฅ = (โ ช ; ู ,Wโ ฌู ู โ ฌ โ ซ ุงโ ช bโ ฌู โ ช QRโ ฌุง !ู ุฑุฉโ ช.โ ฌโ ฌ

โ ซุง โ ช!9 /โ ฌุชโ ฌ โ ซโ ช .1โ ฌุฅุฏุงุฑุฉ ุง โ ช UVโ ฌุง โ ช A Tโ ฌู ุฃโ ช b #โ ฌู ุฑู โ ช 0โ ฌุง โ ช!9โ ฌุงโ ช #โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซโ ช i# 1 .1โ ฌู โ ช ,โ ฌุฅุฏุงุฑุฉ ุง โ ช kโ ฌู ุง โ ชGIโ ฌโ ฌ โ ซโ ช 2 .1โ ฌุง โ ช iโ ฌู โ ช ,โ ฌุง โ ช 0 Nโ ฌุง โ ช!9โ ฌุงโ ช #โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซโ ช 3 .1โ ฌุง โ ช ุ 0โ ฌู ;โ ช ย Zโ ฌุง ู ุฎโ ช ุ โ ฌู ุง โ ช 9โ ฌุน ุง โ ชGKโ ฌโ ฌ โ ซโ ช 4 .1โ ฌุฅ โ ช Sโ ฌุช ู โ ช Aโ ฌุช ุง โ ช G( 0โ ฌุง โ ช UVโ ฌุง โ ชู I A Tโ ฌโ ฌ โ ซโ ช 5 .1โ ฌุง โ ช 59โ ฌุช ู ุง โ ช kโ ฌุง ; โ ช liT 2โ ฌุง โ ช 2โ ฌู ; ุง โ ช G( 0โ ฌุง โ ช UVโ ฌุง โ ชู I A Tโ ฌโ ฌ โ ซโ ช .2โ ฌุงโ ช tโ ฌุช ู ุง ุฏู ุงุช โ ชfโ ฌุฏุงุฑุฉ ุง โ ช 0โ ฌุง โ ช!9โ ฌุงโ ช G( #โ ฌุง โ ช UVโ ฌุง โ ช ู I A Tโ ฌู โ ช!F) ู ( 8Lโ ฌู ุฅโ ช iEโ ฌู ุง ุงโ ช 3โ ฌุง โ ช 9โ ฌุงโ ช( Lโ ฌโ ฌ โ ซโ ช 1 .2โ ฌู โ ช 23โ ฌุน ุง โ ช 0โ ฌุง โ ช!9โ ฌุงโ ช #โ ฌู โ ชD F 8 Vโ ฌโ ฌ โ ซโ ช 2 .2โ ฌุง โ ช 0 Y 2^9โ ฌุง โ ช!9โ ฌุงโ ช #โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซโ ช 3 .2โ ฌุง โ ช 29โ ฌุง โ ช Tโ ฌุณ ุง โ ช 9T9โ ฌู ุง ^!โ ช #โ ฌุชโ ฌ โ ซโ ช # 4 .2โ ฌุฏุฆ ู ุฃุฏู ุงุช ุฅุฏุงุฑุฉ ุง \ู ุงุฑโ ฌ โ ซโ ช .3โ ฌุฅุฏุงุฑุฉ ;โ ช !Tโ ฌุช ุง โ ช 9โ ฌุง โ ช!9โ ฌุงโ ช G( #โ ฌุง โ ช UVโ ฌุง โ ชู I A Tโ ฌโ ฌ โ ซโ ช 1 .3โ ฌุง โ ช iโ ฌุงโ ช !Nโ ฌู ุง ^ โ ช Vโ ฌุง ู โ ช 9 9Tโ ฌุง โ ช!9โ ฌุงโ ช ; #) #โ ฌุข \ู ) ุตู โ ช LM; = Fโ ฌุงุช ุง โ ช ย Z9โ ฌุง ู )โ ช(Gโ ฌโ ฌ โ ซโ ช 2 .3โ ฌุฃุฏู ุงุช โ ชf Fโ ฌุฏุงุฑุฉ ;โ ช !Tโ ฌุช ุง โ ช 0โ ฌุง โ ช!9โ ฌุงโ ช) #โ ฌุง โ ช qxโ ฌุงุช ู ุง โ ช Tโ ฌู ุง (โ ช 4โ ฌุฉ โ ช G( 3 2โ ฌุง โ ช iโ ฌุฏู (โ ฌ โ ซโ ช Y 2^; 3 .3โ ฌุง ุงุฑุฏ ุง โ ช 0 5โ ฌุง โ ช!9โ ฌุงโ ช #โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซโ ช 4 .3โ ฌุฑโ ช !jโ ฌู ;โ ช K , 8โ ฌุฏุฉ ุง ุงุฑุฏโ ช ุ โ ฌู ุง ^!โ ช #โ ฌุชโ ช ุ โ ฌู ุง โ ช S9โ ฌุฑุจโ ช.โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซโ ช .4โ ฌุง ุฏุฆ ุง โ ช W K 9โ ฌุงโ ช s#โ ฌุง โ ช 0โ ฌุง โ ช!9โ ฌุงโ ช #โ ฌุง โ ช G( iโ ฌุง โ ช UVโ ฌุง โ ชู I A Tโ ฌโ ฌ โ ซโ ช 1 .4โ ฌุง โ ช jโ ฌุง โ ช s# Nโ ฌุง โ ช 0โ ฌุง โ ช!9โ ฌุงโ ช #โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซโ ช 2 .4โ ฌุก ุง โ ช!8โ ฌุฑุงุช ) (โ ช Gโ ฌุฐ โ ช :eโ ฌุก ุง โ ช!8โ ฌุฑุงุช โ ช 0โ ฌู ;โ ช U 2โ ฌุง โ ช qxโ ฌุงุช ุง ^ โ ช 0 jโ ฌุง โ ช!9โ ฌุงโ ช( #โ ฌโ ฌ

โ ซโ ช 3 .4โ ฌุง โ ช iโ ฌุต ุงโ ช +93Jโ ฌุฏ โ ช li0 \ \ 9โ ฌุง โ ช 2โ ฌู ุง โ ช 9โ ฌุง โ ช!9โ ฌุงโ ช #โ ฌโ ฌ

โ ซ ู ู ุฃ ุง โ ช:โ ฌโ ฌ

โ ซโ ข ! ุง ุฑุข ุฃู ู ุง ุง ุง โ ช:โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซโ ช23 3 oโ ฌุงโ ช- 01โ ฌู ุงโ ช *.โ ฌุฑ ุง โ ช ,-,โ ฌู ุง ! ุง ุง ุงโ ช +โ ฌุง ! *) ุง ( ' โ ช % & %โ ฌู ู โ ฌ โ ซโ ช 5 67โ ฌุง ุง ุงู ) โ ช2โ ฌุถ โ ช 4 9 : +โ ฌุฏโ ชุ ()1 7โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซโ ช23 3 oโ ฌุงโ ช- 01โ ฌู โ ช (@ , %2Aโ ฌุง ุงโ ช % +โ ฌู ) โ ช2โ ฌุถ โ ช 3 9 : +โ ฌุฏโ ชุ ()1 7โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซโ ข ! ุง ุฑุข ุฃู โ ช-,-Hโ ฌุง โ ช % @G +โ ฌุงโ ช &'Fโ ฌุง โ ชDEโ ฌู ุฏู ุฑุฉ ุง โ ช B+ ,2โ ฌุง ุฑ โ ช:โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซโ ช + (1โ ฌู ุง ! โ ช 2Nโ ฌุงโ ช L 6M ' 'Fโ ฌู ุฅุฏุงุฑุฉ ุง ! *) ุง ( ' โ ช & %โ ฌุ โ ฌ โ ซโ ช (2โ ฌุฐุง โ ช +โ ฌุง โ ช Qโ ฌู @โ ช-โ ฌุฏ โ ช Q @- L6M+โ ฌู *! ุง ุงโ ช +โ ฌุ โ ฌ โ ซโ ช + (3โ ฌู โ ช %โ ฌุฑุข ุง ( ุช ุง โ ช Q Rโ ฌุฅ ุงุฏ โ ช 6Eโ ฌุฅโ ช 1 ,โ ฌุง' โ ช2โ ฌุง โ ช Aโ ฌุง ุงโ ช +โ ฌุ โ ฌ โ ซโ ช (4โ ฌู ู ! ู ุฃู ุฃู @โ ช 5โ ฌุงโ ชD Eโ ฌู โ ช L6E %โ ฌุง ! ุงโ ช2 '.โ ฌุง โ ช Aโ ฌุง โ ช !*-โ ฌู ุง โ ช L6Mโ ฌุงโ ช 7.โ ฌุฃู ุง ( ุฃู โ ฌ โ ซโ ช- +โ ฌู ุง ( โ ช Wโ ฌุชุ โ ฌ โ ซโ ช (5โ ฌุฐุง โ ช +โ ฌุง ^โ ช2โ ฌู ุฑู ุฅุฏุฑุงุฌ ุฃโ ช (Nโ ฌุจ ุง [ ( ุง โ ช ุ L 6Mโ ฌู โ ช +โ ฌู โ ช-โ ฌุงโ ช 1โ ฌุฐ โ ชZโ ฌุ โ ฌ โ ซโ ช + (6โ ฌู ุฃุฏู ุงุช ุง โ ช L 6Mโ ฌุง โ ช B+ ,2% b c! H - dโ ฌุง ุงโ ช2 a7-+ +โ ฌุงุซ ุฃู ุฃู โ ช +โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซุง ! *) ุง ( ' โ ช & %โ ฌุ ู ู โ ช-โ ฌู โ ช-@-%โ ฌุฏ โ ช +โ ฌุฑ' ุช ^ ู โ ชbโ ฌุง ุง โ ช Aโ ฌู ุ โ ฌ โ ซโ ช + (7โ ฌู ุง โ ช Aโ ฌู ุช โ ช L6Eโ ฌุฅุฏุงุฑุฉ ุฒุงโ ช21โ ฌู ุง ุง ุงโ ช h i + +โ ฌุง โ ช gโ ฌุฑ ุง ู โ ช Wโ ฌุง โ ช gโ ฌุฑโ ฌ โ ซุงโ ช ุ % A .โ ฌู ุฐุงุ โ ฌ โ ซโ ช (8โ ฌุข โ ช ! lโ ฌุง โ ช26โ ฌู ุฅ " โ ช 2โ ฌุง ! ุฎ" ุง โ ช L 6Mโ ฌุง ุงโ ช +โ ฌู ุฅุฏุงุฑ โ ช-6 2W! % Qโ ฌุฑุงุชโ ฌ โ ซุง โ ช2โ ฌุงู ! ู ุง ุ โ ฌ โ ซโ ช + + (9โ ฌู ุฃู ู @โ ช-โ ฌุฏ โ ช B+ ,2%โ ฌุฑโ ช ^ @ Nโ ฌู @โ ช-โ ฌุฏุฉ ุง โ ช-โ ฌุงุฑุฏ ู ุง โ ช + Mโ ฌุช ู ุง โ ช ุ %2Aโ ฌู ุฐุง โ ช +โ ฌุง โ ช Qโ ฌู @โ ช-โ ฌุฏโ ฌ โ ซโ ช gqโ ฌุฑ โ ช % 7โ ฌุณุ โ ฌ โ ซโ ช (10โ ฌุฐุง โ ช +โ ฌุง โ ช Qโ ฌู @โ ช-โ ฌุฏ โ ช B+ ,2%โ ฌุง ุงโ ช +โ ฌุง ! *) ุง ( ' โ ช & %โ ฌุ ู ุข โ ช Z b ! lโ ฌุฃู โ ฌ โ ซุงโ ช2 '.โ ฌุง โ ช Aโ ฌุง โ ช c( +โ ฌุธ ุง & ู ! ุง โ ช Aโ ฌุช ุง ( ุง ุ โ ฌ

โ ซุง !(โ ช :โ ฌุง โ ช UJโ ฌโ ฌ โ ซุง ู โ ช1โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซโ ช09:30 โ 09:00โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซุง('&& ุญโ ฌ

โ ซุง ู โ ช2โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซโ ช10:00 โ 08:30โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซ ุน ู โ ช/โ ฌุฃู ุฃ " โ ฌ โ ซ โ ช $โ ฌโ ฌ

โ ซโ ช10:00 โ 09:30โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซุง & โ ช * +โ ฌู ุฑุฉ ู * )โ ฌ โ ซุง โ ฌ

โ ซโ ช11:15 โ 10:00โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซุง ุง โ ฌ

โ ซโ ช10:45 โ 10:00โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซ ุนโ ฌ

โ ซโ ช12:30 โ 10:15โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซ ุน ู โ ช/โ ฌุฃู ุฃ " โ ฌ โ ซ โ ช $โ ฌโ ฌ

โ ซโ ช11:30 โ 10:45โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซ ุนโ ฌ

โ ซุง ู โ ช3โ ฌโ ฌ

โ ซุง ู โ ช4โ ฌโ ฌ

โ ซุง ู โ ช5โ ฌโ ฌ

โ ซ ู ุง โ ฌ โ ซุง ุง โ ฌ

โ ซโ ช10:15 โ 08:30โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซ ุนโ ฌ

โ ซโ ช09:30 โ 08:30โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซ ุนโ ฌ

โ ซุฒ ุฑุฉ โ ฌ โ ซุง โ ฌ โ ซ ู ุนโ ฌ โ ซุง ุง โ ฌ โ ซุง โ ฌ

โ ซโ ช10:30 โ 10:15โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซุง ุง โ ฌ

โ ซโ ช10:15 โ 09:30โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซ ุนโ ฌ

โ ซโ ช12:15 โ 10:30โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซ ุนโ ฌ

โ ซโ ช10:30 โ 10:15โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซุง ุง โ ฌ โ ซโ ช11:30 โ 10:30โ ฌโ ฌ โ ซ ุนโ ฌ โ ซโ ช12:30 โ 11:30โ ฌโ ฌ

0 & โ ซ ู ุงโ ฌ, -& โ ซ& ุฑุงุช ุงโ ฌ/โ ซุงโ ฌ 1 โ ซ ู ุถ ุงโ ฌ$

11:45 โ 11:30 โ ซุง ุงโ ฌ 12:30 โ 11:45 โ ซ ุนโ ฌ

8 โ ซุฉ ุงโ ฌ67 /โ ซ ุงุกโ ฌ4 โ ซ ุงโ ฌ5โ ซ& ุงโ ฌ/โ ซุงโ ฌ

15:15 โ 13:30 โ ซ ุชโ ฌ9 โ ซ ู ุถ ุงโ ฌ : & โ ซ ู ุงโ ฌ5 1 โ ซุงโ ฌ 15 A โ ซ ุฅโ ฌ10 โ ซ ุถโ ฌ. <=โ ซุงโ ฌ & โ ซ ุง ุฏุฆ ุงโ ฌ: โ ซ ู ุฃโ ฌ โ ซ& ุงโ ฌG โ ซ * & ุงโ ฌ7 H โ ซุงโ ฌ IJ โ ซ ' ุงโ ฌ5 G โ ซู ุฅุฏุงุฑุฉ ุงโ ฌ โ ซ ุขโ ฌMG * ู N * / KG โ ซุงโ ฌ โ ซ ุชโ ฌ9 : 9 O โ ซุง & ุขโ ฌ

14:30 โ 13:30 โ ซ ุนโ ฌ

14:25 โ 13:30 โ ซ ุนโ ฌ

15:15 โ 13:30 โ ซ ุนโ ฌ

15:15 โ 14:30

15:10 โ 14:25 โ ซ ุนโ ฌ

" โ ซุฃู ุฃโ ฌ/โ ซ ุน ู โ ฌ $

โ ซุฉ ุงโ ฌ67

16:00 โ 15:30

17:30 โ 15:30

โ ซ& ุญโ ฌR โ ซ ุดโ ฌ- โ ซ ู โ ฌ1 โ ซ ุชโ ฌ- $ Q

โ ซ ุชโ ฌ9 โ ซ ู ุถ ุงโ ฌ โ ซ) ุง ุง ุงโ ฌ1 &

16:30 โ 16:00

( 9 U I1 Vโ ซ ุฏโ ฌ5)

: โ ซุงโ ฌ โ ซ ุชโ ฌ9 0 &$ )1 & โ ซ ุถโ ฌ *โ ซุง ู ุง ุงโ ฌ

$5 $ โ ซ& ุงุฏโ ฌ/Pโ ซุฉ ุง ู ุงโ ฌ67

โ ซุฉ ุงโ ฌ67

17:00 โ 15:30

16:15 โ 15:30

* โ ซ ' ุงโ ฌ

$ " โ ซุฃู ุฃโ ฌ/โ ซ ุน ู โ ฌ

โ ซ ุง ุฏุงุชโ ฌ, $GQ โ ซ ุง(<&& ู ู โ ฌR5

17:30 โ 17:15 โ ซ ู โ ฌ5 โ ซ ุญ ุง ุง ุงโ ฌX

โ ซู โ ฌ

( 0;!6โ ซู โ ฌ

โ ซ) ! ุฃู ุญโ ฌ9 ุ 7 โ ซ ุง ู โ ฌX Wโ ซ ( ุงโ ฌ% โ ซ ุฃโ ฌ0 โ ซ ู ุงโ ฌQ 4 "โ ซุฅุฐุง ุขโ ฌ : ! โ ซ ุงโ ฌ0;!6 โ ซ ุงุกุฉ ุงโ ฌ โ ข

Climate Change Adaptation and Mitigation in the Tourism Sector: Frameworks, Tools and Practices (UNEP, University of Oxford, UNWTO,WMO, 2008).

โ ข

Climate Change and Tourism, Responding to Global Challenges (UNWTO, 2008)

โ ข

Indicators of Sustainable Development (UNWTO, 2004)

โ ข

Joining Forces, Collaborative Processes for Sustainable and Competitive Tourism (SNV/UNWTO 2010)

•

Making Tourism More Sustainable (UNWT0/UNEP,2005)

•

Practical Guide for the development of biodiversity-based tourism products (UNWTO 2010)

•

Sustainable Tourism in Protected Areas: Guidelines for Planning and Management (UNWTO 2004)

•

Tourism Congestion, Management at Natural and Cultural Sites (UNWTO 2004)

Mje. EPS's A?RABE 2010:Maquetaci贸n 1

12/2/10

11:08

P谩gina 8

‫ﻗﺮار اﻋﺘﻤﺪﺗﻪ اﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪ 21‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮن اﻷول‪/‬دﻳﺴﻤﺒﺮ ‪2001‬‬

‫‪A/RES/56/212‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺪوﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻷﺧﻼﻗﻴﺎت اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‬

‫إن اﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪،‬‬

‫إذ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ ﻗﺮارﻫﺎ ‪ 156/32‬اﻟﻤﺆرخ ‪ 19‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮن اﻷول‪/‬دﻳﺴﻤﺒﺮ ‪ 1977‬اﻟﺬي أﻗﺮت ﻓﻴﻪ اﻻﺗﻔﺎق‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺄن اﻟﺘﻌﺎون واﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة وﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫وإذ ﺗﺆﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻔﻘﺮة ‪ 5‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮارﻫﺎ ‪ 41/36‬اﻟﻤﺆرخ ‪ 19‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪/‬ﻧﻮﻓﻤﺒﺮ ‪ 1981‬اﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻗﺮرت ﻓﻴﻬﺎ أﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﻮز ﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ أن ﺗﺸﺎرك ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻓﻲ أﻋﻤﺎل اﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻬﻢ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫وإذ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ إﻋﻼن ﻣﺎﻧﻴﻼ ﺑﺸﺄن اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺆرخ ‪ 10‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ اﻷول‪/‬أوﻛﺘﻮﺑﺮ ‪ 1980‬واﻟﺬي‬ ‫اﻋﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ‪ 1‬و إﻟﻰ إﻋﻼن رﻳﻮ ﺑﺸﺄن اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ و اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ 2‬و ﺟﺪول أﻋﻤﺎل‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺮن ‪ 321‬اﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ اﻋﺘﻤﺪا ﻓﻲ ﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮ اﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ و اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ 14‬ﺣﺰﻳﺮان‪/‬ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻪ‬ ‫‪ ،1992‬وإذ ﺗﺤﻴﻂ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺈﻋﻼن ﻋﻤﺎن ﺑﺸﺄن ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻟﺴﻼم ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺬي اﻋﺘﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ‪11‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪/‬ﻧﻮﻓﻤﺒﺮ ‪ 2000‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮ اﻟﻘﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺑﺸﺄن ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻟﺴﻼم ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪،4‬‬ ‫وإذ ﺗﺮى أن ﻟﺠﻨﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ أﻋﺮﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ دورﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﻘﻮدة ﻓﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺎن‪/‬أﺑﺮﻳﻞ ‪1999‬‬ ‫ﻋﻦ اﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺪوﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻷﺧﻼﻗﻴﺎت اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ودﻋﺖ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫إﺷﺮاك اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮع ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺪوﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻷﺧﻼﻗﻴﺎت اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫وﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ورﺻﺪﻫﺎ‪،5‬‬ ‫وإذ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ ﻗﺮارﻫﺎ ‪ 200/53‬اﻟﻤﺆرخ ‪ 15‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮن اﻷول‪/‬دﻳﺴﻤﺒﺮ ‪ 1998‬ﺑﺸﺄن إﻋﻼن ﺳﻨﺔ ‪2002‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺔ دوﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻹﻳﻜﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺬي ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺿﻤﻦ أﻣﻮر أﺧﺮى ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮار‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺲ اﻹﻗﺘﺼﺎدي و اﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ‪ 40/1998‬اﻟﻤﺆرخ ‪ 30‬ﺗﻤﻮز‪/‬ﻳﻮﻟﻴﻪ ‪ 1998‬اﻟﺬي ﻳﻌﺘﺮف ﺑﺘﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻹﻳﻜﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وﻻﺳﻴﻤﺎ أﻫﻤﻴﺔ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2002‬اﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻹﻳﻜﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺗﻔﺎﻫﻢ أﻓﻀﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﻌﻮب ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎن‪ ،‬وﻓﻲ زﻳﺎدة اﻟﺘﻮﻋﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮاث اﻟﺜﺮي ﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﺤﻀﺎرات‪ ،‬وﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ أﻓﻀﻞ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺄﺻﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺎت‪،‬‬ ‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ اﻹﺳﻬﺎم ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ اﻟﺴﻼم اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫وإذ ﺗﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ و دور ﻫﺎﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﺻﻔﻬﺎ أداة إﻳﺠﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻬﺎ أن ﺗﺨﻔﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻘﺮ وأن ﺗﺤﺴﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺎة ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺸﻌﻮب‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎت ﺗﺴﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻹﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ‬ ‫واﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وﻻﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﻠﺪان اﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وﺑﺒﺮوز اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﻘﻮة ﺣﻴﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺰﻳﺰ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﻫﻢ و اﻟﺴﻼم‬ ‫و اﻟﺮﺧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺤﻴﻂ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﻊ اﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺪوﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻷﺧﻼﻗﻴﺎت اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ اﻋﺘﻤﺪت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪورة اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﺸﺮة ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ‪ 6‬واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﺒﺎدئ ﺗﻬﺪف إﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ وﺗﺼﻠﺢ ﻛﺈﻃﺎر ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻲ ﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻒ أﺻﺤﺎب اﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻄﺎع اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻐﺮض اﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬ ‫إﻟﻰ أدﻧﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺛﺮ اﻟﺴﻠﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ وﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺮاث اﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ اﻹﺳﺘﻔﺎدة إﻟﻰ‬ ‫أﻗﺼﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰاﻳﺎ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ واﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ وﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻔﺎﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﻣﻢ؛‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺆﻛﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﺔ واﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻔﻴﺪة ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ؛‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺗﺪﻋﻮ اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺎت وﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ أﺻﺤﺎب اﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻄﺎع اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ أدراج‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻤﺪوﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻷﺧﻼﻗﻴﺎت اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﺐ اﻻﻗﺘﻀﺎء‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﻮاﻧﻴﻦ و اﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ و‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻤﺎرﺳﺎت اﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ذات اﻟﺼﻠﺔ‪ ،‬و ﺗﻨﻮه ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺸﺄن ﺑﻤﺎ ﺑﺬﻟﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺪول ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﻮد‬ ‫و ﻣﺎ اﺗﺨﺬﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪاﺑﻴﺮ؛‬ ‫‪ -4‬ﺗﺸﺠﻊ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺪوﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻷﺧﻼﻗﻴﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ إﺷﺮاك أﺻﺤﺎب اﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻄﺎع اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺪ؛‬ ‫‪ -5‬ﺗﻄﻠﺐ إﻟﻰ اﻷﻣﻴﻦ اﻟﻌﺎم أن ﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﺘﻄﻮرات اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻘﺮار اﺳﺘﻨﺎدا إﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﺎرﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ و أن ﻳﻘﺪم ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮا ﻋﻦ ذﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ دورﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﺘﺎﺳﻌﺔ و‬ ‫اﻟﺨﻤﺴﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬

‫‪ ،A/36/236‬اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﺬﻳﻴﻞ اﻷول‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮ اﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ و اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬رﻳﻮ دي ﺟﺎﻧﻴﺮو‪ 14-3 ،‬ﺣﺰﻳﺮان‪/‬ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻪ ‪) 1992‬ﻣﻨﺸﻮرات‬ ‫اﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة‪ ،‬رﻗﻢ اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻊ ‪ A.93.I.8‬و اﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺒﺎن(‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻷول‪ :‬اﻟﻘﺮارات اﻟﺘﻲ اﺗﺨﺬﻫﺎ اﻟﻤﺆﺗﻤﺮ‪ ،‬اﻟﻘﺮار ‪،1‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ اﻷول‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫أﻧﻈﺮ ‪.A/55/640‬‬ ‫أﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﺮﺳﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠﺲ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي و اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ‪ ،1999‬اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ رﻗﻢ ‪ ،(E/1999/29) 9‬اﻟﻤﻘﺮر ‪.3/7‬‬ ‫أﻧﻈﺮ ‪ ،E/2001/61‬اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺤﻦ أﻋﻀﺎء ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺜﻠﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺪوﺑﻲ اﻟــﺪول واﻷﻗﺎﻟﻴﻢ واﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ‬ ‫واﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎت واﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ اﺟﺘﻤﻌﺖ‬ ‫ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ اﻟــﻌــﺎﻣــﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﺎﻏﻮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻴﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻴﻮم اﻷول‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ اﻷول‪/‬أﻛﺘﻮﺑﺮ ‪1،1999‬‬ ‫إذ ﻧﺆﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ اﻷﻫﺪاف اﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺼﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 3‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وإذ ﻧــﺪرك ﻣﺎ ﻟﻬﺬه‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ”دور ﻣﺮﻛﺰي وﺣﺎﺳﻢ“‪ ،‬أﻗﺮﺗﻪ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ وﺗﻨﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ واﻟﺘﻔﺎﻫﻢ اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ واﻟﺴﻼم‬ ‫واﻟﺮﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ واﻻﺣــﺘــﺮام اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻮق‬ ‫اﻹﻧﺴﺎن واﻟﺤﺮﻳﺎت اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ وﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ دون ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ اﻟﻌﺮق أو‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺲ أو اﻟﻠﻐﺔ أو اﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫وإذ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ إﻳﻤﺎﻧﺎ راﺳﺨﺎ ﺑﺄن اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﺛﻪ ﻣﻦ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة‬ ‫وﻋﻔﻮﻳﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺄﺛﺮة ﺑﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻹﻋــﻼم‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ رﺟﺎل وﻧﺴﺎء ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻮن ﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬ ‫وﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮن أﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺣﻴﺎة ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻗﻮة‬ ‫ﺣﻴﻮﻳﺔ ﻹﺣــﻼل اﻟﺴﻼم وﻋﺎﻣﻼ ﻟﺘﻌﺰﻳﺰ‬ ‫اﻟﺼﺪاﻗﺔ واﻟﺘﻔﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻌﻮب اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫وﻋﻤﻼ ﺑﻤﻨﻄﻖ اﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬ ‫واﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ وﻣﺤﺎرﺑﺔ اﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﺪام‪ ،‬وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻠﺖ إﻟﻴﻪ اﻷﻣﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة ﻓﻲ ”ﻗﻤﺔ اﻷرض“ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻘﺪت ﻓﻲ‬ ‫رﻳﻮ دي ﺟﺎﻧﻴﺮو ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎم ‪ ،1992‬وﻟﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪول أﻋﻤﺎل اﻟﻘﺮن اﻟﺤﺎدي واﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺬي اﻋﺘﻤﺪه اﻟﻤﺆﺗﻤﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫وإذ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎن اﻟﻨﻤﻮ اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬ ‫واﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ اﻟــﺬي ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ أو‬ ‫اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻮر‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺎط اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮاء ﻛﺎن ذﻟﻚ ﻟﻸﻏﺮاض‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺮﻓﻴﻬﻴﺔ أو اﻟﺘﺠﺎرﻳﺔ أو اﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ أو اﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫أو اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬واﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ اﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻬﺬا اﻟﻨﻤﻮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳــﻮاء ﻛﺎن إﻳﺠﺎﺑﻴﺎ أم ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬ ‫واﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎد واﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪول‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮﻟﺪة واﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ‪ ،‬وﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ واﻟﺴﻜﺎن اﻷﺻﻠﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬وﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت واﻟﺘﺠﺎرة اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫وﺳﻌﻴﺎ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺳﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﺴﺆوﻟﺔ وﻣﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎول اﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ إﻃﺎر ﺣﻖ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﺮد ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻗﺖ اﻟﻔﺮاغ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺮﻓﻴﻪ أو‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ اﺣﺘﺮام ﻣﺎ ﺗﺨﺘﺎره اﻟﺸﻌﻮب ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪،‬‬

‫واﻗﺘﻨﺎﻋﺎ ﻣﻊ ذﻟﻚ ﺑﺄن ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻛﻜﻞ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ أن ﺗﺤﻘﻖ اﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻜﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﺸﺠﻊ اﻗﺘﺼﺎد‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻮق واﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ واﻟﺘﺠﺎرة‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺮة‪ ،‬وﺗﺘﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻓﻀﻞ وﺟﻪ‬ ‫إﻟﻰ آﺛﺎرﻫﺎ اﻟﻨﺎﻓﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ اﻟﺜﺮوة وإﻳﺠﺎد‬ ‫ﻓﺮص اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫واﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻗﺘﻨﺎع راﺳﺦ ﺑﺄن اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﺎرض ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺤﺮر‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻄﺮد ﻓﻲ اﻟــﺸــﺮوط اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻬﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺠﺎرة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت‪ ،‬واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺸﺎرﻳﻊ‬ ‫ﻫﺬا اﻟﻘﻄﺎع ﻓﻲ ﻇﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬وذﻟﻚ ﺷﺮﻳﻄﺔ اﺣﺘﺮام‬ ‫ﻋﺪد ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﺎدئ واﻻﻟﺘﺰام ﺑﻘﻮاﻋﺪ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫وﺑﺄن ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻘﻄﺎع ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎد واﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬وﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ واﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫وﺑﻴﻦ اﻻﻧﻔﺘﺎح ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺠﺎرة اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ وﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔ اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ واﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫وإذ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﻓﻲ اﻹﻋﺘﺒﺎر أﻧﻪ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻬﺬا‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻬﺞ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ أﺻﺤﺎب اﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻄﺎت وﻃﻨﻴﺔ وإﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫وﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وﻣﺸﺎرﻳﻊ وﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎت أﻋﻤﺎل‪،‬‬ ‫واﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻘﻄﺎع‪ ،‬واﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وﻛﺎﻓﺔ أﻧﻮاع اﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ‬ ‫إﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬وﻛﺬﻟﻚ اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ووﺳــﺎﺋــﻞ اﻹﻋــﻼم‬ ‫واﻟﺴﻴﺎح أﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺎت ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ وإن‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺮاﺑﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻔﺮدﻳﺔ‬ ‫واﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬وأن ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻮق‬ ‫وواﺟﺒﺎت ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﺴﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻫﺬا‬ ‫اﻟﻬﺪف‪،‬‬ ‫واﻟﺘﺰاﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﻫﺪاف اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺬ اﻋﺘﻤﺎد‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺘﻬﺎ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﻌﻘﺪة ﻓﻲ اﺳﻄﻨﺒﻮل ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1997‬ﻟﻠﻘﺮار رﻗﻢ ‪) 364‬د ‪ (12‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺈﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﺮاﻛﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ أﺻﺤﺎب‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻴﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎم واﻟﺨﺎص‪ ،‬وﺣﺮﺻﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺸﺮاﻛﺔ وﻫﺬا اﻟﺘﻌﺎون ﺑﺎﻧﻔﺘﺎح‬ ‫وﺗـــﻮازن‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺸﻤﻞ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟــﺪول‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼﺪرة واﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ وﺻﻨﺎﻋﺎﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫وﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ إﻋﻼن ﻣﺎﻧﻴﻼ ﻟﻌﺎم‬ ‫‪ 1980‬ﻋﻦ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وإﻋــﻼن‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻴﻼ ﻟﻌﺎم ‪ 1997‬ﻋﻦ اﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬وﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻴﺜﺎق اﻟﺤﻘﻮق اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ‬ ‫وﻣﺪوﻧﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺋﺢ اﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪة ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎ ﻋﺎم‬ ‫‪ 1985‬ﺑﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫وإذ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻣﻊ ذﻟﻚ ﺑﻀﺮورة اﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎل‬ ‫ﻫــﺬه اﻟﺼﻜﻮك ﺑﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣــﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﺎدئ‬ ‫اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ وﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬ ‫أﺻﺤﺎب اﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻻﻟﺘﺰام ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ اﻟﻘﺮن‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎدي واﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫وإذ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎق اﻟﺼﻚ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻌﺎرﻳﻒ واﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻔﺎت اﻟــﺘــﻲ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻣﻔﻬﻮم ”اﻟﺰاﺋﺮ“‬ ‫و”اﻟﺴﺎﺋﺢ“ و ”اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ“ اﻟﺘﻲ أﺧﺬ ﺑﻬﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺆﺗﻤﺮ اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﻓﻲ أوﺗــﺎوا ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻣﻦ ‪ 24‬إﻟــﻰ ‪ 28‬ﺣﺰﻳﺮان‪/‬ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ‬ ‫‪ ،1991‬واﻟﺘﻲ أﻗﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ اﻹﺣﺼﺎءات‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة ﻓﻲ دورﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫واﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪،‬‬

‫• اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺑﺘﺎرﻳﺦ ‪ 26‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮن‬ ‫اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪/‬ﻳﻨﺎﻳﺮ ‪،1990‬‬ ‫• ﻗﺮار اﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ دورﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﺘﺎﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﻌﻘﺪة‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻮﻳﻨﻮس أﻳﺮﻳﺲ ﺑﺸﺄن ﺗﻴﺴﻴﺮات‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻔﺮ وﺳﻼﻣﺔ وأﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﺎﺋﺤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺎرﻳﺦ‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ اﻷول‪/‬أﻛﺘﻮﺑﺮ ‪،1991‬‬ ‫• إﻋــﻼن رﻳــﻮ دي ﺟﺎﻧﻴﺮو ﺑﺸﺄن اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬ ‫واﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﺎرﻳﺦ ‪ 13‬ﺣﺰﻳﺮان‪/‬ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ‬ ‫‪،1992‬‬ ‫• اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﺎرة اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت ﺑﺘﺎرﻳﺦ‬ ‫‪ 15‬ﻧﻴﺴﺎن‪/‬أﺑﺮﻳﻞ ‪،1994‬‬

‫وإذ ﻧﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﻮﺟﻪ ﺧــﺎص إﻟــﻰ اﻟﺼﻜﻮك‬ ‫اﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫• اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﻮع اﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﺑﺘﺎرﻳﺦ ‪ 6‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮن‬ ‫اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪/‬ﻳﻨﺎﻳﺮ ‪،1995‬‬

‫• اﻹﻋﻼن اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻮق اﻹﻧﺴﺎن اﻟﺼﺎدر‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ‪ 10‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮن اﻷول‪/‬دﻳﺴﻤﺒﺮ ‪،1948‬‬

‫• ﻗﺮار اﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ دورﺗــﻬــﺎ اﻟﺤﺎدﻳﺔ ﻋﺸﺮة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﻌﻘﺪة ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮة ﺑﺸﺄن ﻣﻨﻊ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺑﺘﺎرﻳﺦ ‪ 22‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫اﻷول‪/‬أﻛﺘﻮﺑﺮ ‪،1995‬‬

‫• اﻟﻌﻬﺪ اﻟــﺪوﻟــﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻮق اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ‬ ‫واﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ واﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ اﻟﺼﺎدر ﻓﻲ ‪16‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮن اﻷول‪/‬دﻳﺴﻤﺒﺮ ‪،1966‬‬ ‫• اﻟﻌﻬﺪ اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻮق اﻟﻤﺪﻧﻴﺔ واﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺼﺎدر ﻓﻲ ‪ 16‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮن اﻷول‪/‬دﻳﺴﻤﺒﺮ‬ ‫‪،1966‬‬ ‫• اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ وارﺳﻮ ﺑﺸﺄن اﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺠﻮي ﺑﺘﺎرﻳﺦ‬ ‫‪ 12‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ اﻷول‪/‬أﻛﺘﻮﺑﺮ ‪،1929‬‬ ‫• اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺷﻴﻜﺎﻏﻮ ﺑﺸﺄن اﻟﻄﻴﺮان اﻟﻤﺪﻧﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ ﺑﺘﺎرﻳﺦ ‪ 7‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮن اﻷول‪/‬دﻳﺴﻤﺒﺮ‬ ‫‪ ،1944‬واﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎت ﻃﻮﻛﻴﻮ وﻻﻫــﺎي‬ ‫وﻣﻮﻧﺘﺮﻳﺎل ﺑﻬﺬا اﻟﺸﺄن‪،‬‬ ‫• اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻼت اﻟﺠﻤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﺑــﺘــﺎرﻳــﺦ ‪ 4‬ﺗــﻤــﻮز‪/‬ﻳــﻮﻟــﻴــﻮ ‪1954‬‬ ‫واﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫• اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﺮاث اﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻲ واﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﺎرﻳﺦ ‪ 23‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪/‬ﻧﻮﻓﻤﺒﺮ ‪،1972‬‬ ‫• إﻋــﻼن ﻣﺎﻧﻴﻼ ﺑﺸﺄن اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑــﺘــﺎرﻳــﺦ ‪ 10‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ اﻷول‪/‬أﻛــﺘــﻮﺑــﺮ‬ ‫‪،1980‬‬ ‫• ﻗﺮار اﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ دورﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﺴﺎدﺳﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﻌﻘﺪة ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎد ﻣﻴﺜﺎق اﻟﺤﻘﻮق اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ‬ ‫واﻟﻤﺪوﻧﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺎرﻳﺦ ‪ 26‬أﻳﻠﻮل‪/‬‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺘﻤﺒﺮ ‪،1985‬‬

‫• إﻋــﻼن ﺳﺘﻮﻛﻬﻮﻟﻢ ﺑﺘﺎرﻳﺦ ‪ 28‬آب ‪/‬‬ ‫اﻏﺴﻄﺲ ‪ 1996‬ﺿﺪ ﺗﺠﺎرة اﻻﺳﺘﻐﻼل‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺴﻲ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎل‪،‬‬ ‫• إﻋﻼن ﻣﺎﻧﻴﻼ ﺑﺸﺄن اﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﺘﺎرﻳﺦ ‪22‬أﻳﺎر‪/‬ﻣﺎﻳﻮ ‪،1997‬‬ ‫• اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎت واﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ اﻋﺘﻤﺪﺗﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎل اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ وﺣــﻈــﺮ اﻟﺴﺨﺮة وﻋﻤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻷﻃﻔﺎل واﻟــﺪﻓــﺎع ﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﺴﻜﺎن‬ ‫اﻷﺻﻠﻴﻴﻦ واﻟﻤﺴﺎواة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ وﻋﺪم‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺆﻛﺪ اﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ وﺣﺮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺴﺎﺋﺤﻴﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫وﻧﻌﻠﻦ ﻋﻦ رﻏﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻧﻈﺎم‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎﺣﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻣﻨﺼﻒ وﻣﺴﺆول‬ ‫وﻣﺴﺘﺪام ﻳﻌﻮد ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻞ اﻗﺘﺼﺎد‬ ‫دوﻟﻲ ﻣﺘﺤﺮر وﻣﻔﺘﻮح‪،‬‬ ‫وﻧﻌﻠﻦ رﺳﻤﻴﺎ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎدئ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺪوﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻵداب‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪:‬‬

‫وﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷي ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﺘﻌﻤﺪ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺮاﻓﻖ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ أو ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺘﺮاث‬ ‫اﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻲ أو اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎدة اﻷوﻟﻰ‬ ‫إﺳﻬﺎم اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﻫﻢ‬ ‫واﻻﺣﺘﺮام اﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎدل ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺸﻌﻮب واﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎت‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﻳﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﻫﻢ وﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ اﻟﻘﻴﻢ اﻷﺧﻼﻗﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎرف ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﺴﺎﻣﺢ واﺣﺘﺮام ﺗﻨﻮع اﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ واﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﻴﺔ واﻷﺧﻼﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬أﺳﺎﺳﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﻮؤﻟﺔ وﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺬا‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻷﺻﺤﺎب اﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ وﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﺤﻴﻦ أﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻣﺮاﻋﺎة‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪ واﻟﻌﺎدات اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ واﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺸﻌﻮب‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻷﻗﻠﻴﺎت‬ ‫واﻟــﺴــﻜــﺎن اﻷﺻــﻠــﻴــﻮن واﻻﻋــﺘــﺮاف‬ ‫ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(2‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮ ﻳﻨﺴﺠﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ وﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪ‬ ‫اﻷﻗﺎﻟﻴﻢ واﻟـــﺪول اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻔﺔ وﻳﺤﺘﺮم‬ ‫ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻨﻬﺎ وأﻋﺮاﻓﻬﺎ وﻋﺎداﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ـﺮف اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎت‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أن ﺗــﺘــﻌـ ّ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻔﺔ واﻟﻤﺸﺘﻐﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﺎﺋﺤﻴﻦ اﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺰوروﻧﻬﻢ وأن‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺘﺮﻣﻬﻢ وأن‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ وأذواﻗﻬﻢ وﺗﻮﻗﻌﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄن‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ وﺗﺪرﻳﺐ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﻐﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺴﻦ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺴﺎﺋﺤﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺤﻮ اﻟﻼﺋﻖ ﺑﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (4‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺋﺤﻴﻦ‬ ‫واﻟﺰاﺋﺮﻳﻦ وﻣﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬وﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ أن‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻟﻲ اﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﺧﺎﺻﺎ ﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺋﺤﻴﻦ‬ ‫اﻷﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺑﺤﻜﻢ وﺿﻌﻬﻢ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺴﻬﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ أن‬ ‫ﺗﺴ ّﻬﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت واﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔ واﻷﻣﻦ واﻟﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫واﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺟﻮن إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أن ﺗﺪان ﺑﺸﺪة أﻳﺔ ﻫﺠﻤﺎت أو‬ ‫اﻋﺘﺪاءات أو ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺧﻄﻒ أو ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ أو اﻟﻤﺸﺘﻐﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎ واﻟﻤﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﺪة‪ ،‬وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻮاﻧﻴﻦ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫‪ (5‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﺤﻴﻦ واﻟــﺰاﺋــﺮﻳــﻦ أﺛﻨﺎء‬ ‫ﺳﻔﺮﻫﻢ ﻋﺪم ارﺗﻜﺎب أي ﻓﻌﻞ إﺟﺮاﻣﻲ‬ ‫أو أي ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻌﺪ إﺟﺮاﻣﻴﺎ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻘﻮاﻧﻴﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺰوروﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬وﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أن‬ ‫ﻳﻤﺘﻨﻌﻮا ﻋﻦ اﺗﺒﺎع أي ﺳﻠﻮك ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻜﺎن اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﻮن أﻧﻪ ﻋﺪاﺋﻲ أو ﻣﺆذ‬ ‫أو ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ أن ﻳﺤﺪث أﺿﺮارا ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻬﻢ اﻻﻣﺘﻨﺎع ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ أﻧــﻮاع اﻻﺗﺠﺎر ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺨﺪرات‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوﻋﺔ أو اﻷﺳﻠﺤﺔ أو اﻵﺛﺎر‬ ‫أو اﻷﻧـــﻮاع اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ أو اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت‬ ‫واﻟــﻤــﻮاد اﻟــﺨــﻄــﺮة أو اﻟﻤﺤﻈﻮرة‬ ‫ﺑﻤﻘﺘﻀﻰ اﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎت اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (6‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﺎﺋﺤﻴﻦ واﻟــﺰاﺋــﺮﻳــﻦ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻐﺎدرة‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟـــﺪول اﻟــﺘــﻲ ﻳﻌﺘﺰﻣﻮن‬ ‫زﻳﺎرﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﺮاﻋﺎة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺮ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ واﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻔﺮﻫﻢ إﻟﻰ ﺧﺎرج‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎن إﻗﺎﻣﺘﻬﻢ اﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎد‪ ،‬واﻟﺘﺼﺮف‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺨـﺎﻃﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻫﺎ اﻷدﻧﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أن ﺗﺮاﻋﻲ اﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎواة ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺮﺟﻞ واﻟﻤﺮأة وﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻮق اﻹﻧﺴﺎن‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ اﻟﺤﻘﻮق‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت اﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﻸﺧﻄﺎر‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‬ ‫واﻟﺸﻴﻮخ واﻟﻤﻌﺎﻗﻴﻦ واﻷﻗﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﻌﺮﻗﻴﺔ‬ ‫واﻟﺴﻜﺎن اﻷﺻﻠﻴﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﻳﺘﻌﺎرض اﺳﺘﻐﻼل اﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺑﺄي ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻷﺷﻜﺎل‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ اﻻﺳﺘﻐﻼل‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣــﻊ اﻷﻫـــﺪاف اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬وﻳﻌﺪ إﻧﻜﺎرا ﻟﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‬ ‫إذا اﺳــﺘــﻬــﺪف اﻷﻃــﻔــﺎل‪ .‬وﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟــﺪوﻟــﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎرﺑﺔ ﻫﺬا‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺘﻐﻼل ﺑﻜﻞ ﻗﻮة ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﺘﻌﺎون‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺪول اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وأن ﺗﻌﺎﻗﺐ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎت اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟــﺪول اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻔﺔ واﻟــﺪول اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ‬ ‫إﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺒﻮ ﻫﺬه اﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺎرج‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (4‬اﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻟﻸﻏﺮاض اﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ واﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ‬ ‫وﻷﻏــﺮاض اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ واﻟﺘﺒﺎدل اﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻲ‬ ‫واﻟﻠﻐﻮي ﻣﻦ أﺷﻜﺎل اﻟﺴﻔﺮ اﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪة ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮ ﺧﺎص‪ ،‬وﻫﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺮة ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (5‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أﻳﻀﺎ اﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﺄﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﺎدﻟﻪ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺎﺋﺤﻮن وﺑﺠﺪوى اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺎ‬ ‫واﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺎ وﺛﻘﺎﻓﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻴﺎن‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎدة اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺄداة ﻟﻠ ُﺮﻗﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺮدي واﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ اﻟﻨﺸﺎط اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎدة‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮاﺣﺔ‬ ‫واﻻﺳﺘﺠﻤﺎم واﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ وﺑﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﻴﻼ‬ ‫إﻟﻰ اﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ واﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬا ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أن‬ ‫ﻳﺮاﻋﻰ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻟﻬﺎ وﻣﻤﺎرﺳﺘﻬﺎ‬ ‫أﻧﻬﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰة ﻟﻠﺮﻗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺮدي واﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻲ؛ وﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻤﺎرﺳﺔ ﻫﺬا‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺸﺎط ﺑﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮا ﻻ ﻣﺜﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻢ واﻟﺘﺴﺎﻣﺢ‬ ‫واﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫اﻟﺸﻌﻮب واﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺎت واﻟﺘﻨﻮع ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎدة اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ أﺻﺤﺎب اﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﺼﺪ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻧﻤ ّﻮ‬ ‫اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي ﻣﺘﻮاﺻﻞ وﻣﺴﺘﺪام ﻳﺘﺠﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻮ ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺔ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎت وﺗﻄﻠﻌﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ واﻷﺟــﻴــﺎل اﻟﻘﺎدﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻋﺎدﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻄﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫واﻹﻗــﻠــﻴــﻤــﻴــﺔ واﻟــﻤــﺤــﻠــﻴــﺔ إﻋــﻄــﺎء‬ ‫اﻷوﻟــﻮﻳــﺔ واﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ أﺷﻜﺎل‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗــﺆدي إﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺻﻮن اﻟﻤﻮارد اﻟﺸﺤﻴﺤﺔ واﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ اﻟﻤﻴﺎه واﻟــﻄــﺎﻗــﺔ‪ ،‬وأن‬ ‫ﺗﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺑﻘﺪر اﻹﻣﻜﺎن اﻹﻧﺘﺎج اﻟﺬي‬ ‫ﻳﺨﻠﻒ اﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎت‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎح ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ اﻟﺰﻣﺎن واﻟﻤﻜﺎن‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺠﻢ ﻋﻦ اﻹﺟــﺎزات‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻋﺔ اﻷﺟﺮ وﻋﻄﻼت اﻟﻤﺪارس‪،‬‬ ‫واﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ إﻟﻰ ﺗﻮازن أﻓﻀﻞ ﻳﺨﻔﻒ‬ ‫ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻨﺸﺎط اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬ ‫وﻳﻌﺰز أﺛــﺮه اﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ واﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎد اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (4‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أن ﻳﺮاﻋﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻷﺳــﺎﺳــﻴــﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ وﻓــﻲ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ‬ ‫اﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺿﺮورة ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫اﻟــﺘــﺮاث اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ اﻟــﻤــﺆﻟــﻒ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ واﻟﺘﻨﻮع اﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ‬ ‫وﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻴﺎة اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫أﻧﻮاع ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‬ ‫ﻷﺻــﺤــﺎب اﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﻐﻠﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬أن ﻳﺘﻘﺒﻠﻮا ﻓﺮض ﺣﺪود‬ ‫وﻗﻴﻮد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮن‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬وﻻﺳﻴﻤﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬه ﺗﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ذات ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﺼﺤﺮاوﻳﺔ أو اﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ‬ ‫أو ﻓــﻲ أﻋــﺎﻟــﻲ اﻟﺠﺒﺎل واﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺎﺣﻠﻴﺔ واﻟﻐﺎﺑﺎت اﻻﺳﺘﻮاﺋﻴﺔ أو‬ ‫اﻷراﺿــﻲ اﻟﺮﻃﺒﺔ‪ ،‬وﻫــﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎد اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺎت اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‬ ‫أو ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (5‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ أن ﺳﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‬ ‫واﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﻬﻤﺎن ﻓﻲ إﺛﺮاء‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻲ واﻟﻨﻬﻮض ﺑﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮط اﺣﺘﺮاﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺮاث اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬ ‫وﻟﻠﺴﻜﺎن اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﻴﻦ وﺣﻤﺎﻳﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﻗﻊ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎدة اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎدة اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺘﺮاث‬ ‫اﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻲ وﻛﻤﺴﺎﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰه‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻧﺸﺎط ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ﻟﻠﺪول‬ ‫واﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ (1‬اﻟﻤﻮارد اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮاث‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮك؛ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎت‬ ‫اﻟــﺘــﻲ ﺗــﻘــﻊ ﺗــﻠــﻚ اﻟـــﻤـــﻮارد ﻓﻲ‬ ‫أراﺿــﻴــﻬــﺎ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﺎ وواﺟــﺒــﺎﺗــﻬــﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺼﺪد‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﻳــﻨــﺒــﻐــﻲ ﺗــﻨــﻔــﻴــﺬ اﻟــﺴــﻴــﺎﺳــﺎت‬ ‫واﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑــﺎﺣــﺘــﺮام اﻟــﺘــﺮاث اﻟﻔﻨﻲ‬ ‫واﻷﺛـــﺮي واﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻲ واﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ وﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻟﻸﺟﻴﺎل اﻟﻘﺎدﻣﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺑــﺬل ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ اﻷﺑﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺨﻴﺔ واﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ‬ ‫اﻟــﻤــﻘــﺪﺳــﺔ واﻟــﻤــﺘــﺎﺣــﻒ وﻛــﺬﻟــﻚ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮاﻗﻊ اﻷﺛﺮﻳﺔ واﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﺪر اﻹﻣﻜﺎن ﻟﺰﻳﺎرات‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺎﺋﺤﻴﻦ‪ .‬وﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ‬ ‫إﻃﻼع اﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ واﻷﺑﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺨﻴﺔ ذات‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ اﺣﺘﺮام ﺣﻘﻮق‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬وﻛﺬﻟﻚ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫دون إﺧﻼل ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎت اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎدة ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻮارد اﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟــﻨــﺎﺗــﺠــﺔ ﻋــﻦ زﻳــــﺎرة اﻟــﻤــﻮاﻗــﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ واﻷﺑﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬أو‬ ‫ﺟﺰء ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗــﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫وﺻـــﻮن وﺗــﻨــﻤــﻴــﺔ وﺗــﺰﻳــﻴــﻦ ﻫــﺬا‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺮاث‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (4‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أن ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻨﺸﺎط‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻲ ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮب ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت‬ ‫اﻟــﺜــﻘــﺎﻓــﻴــﺔ واﻟـــﺤـــﺮف واﻟــﺘــﺮاث‬ ‫اﻟﺸﻌﺒﻲ ﺑﺄن ﺗﺒﻘﻰ وﺗﺰدﻫﺮ ﺑﺪﻻ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ أن ﻳــﺆدي ﺑﻬﺎ إﻟــﻰ اﻟﺘﺪﻫﻮر‬ ‫واﻻﺑﺘﺬال‪.‬‬

‫‪ (1‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أن ﻳﺸﺎرك اﻟﺴﻜﺎن اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﻮن‬ ‫ﻓﻲ اﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ وﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻊ‬ ‫اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ واﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ واﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺎﺟﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﺪه‬ ‫ﻣــﻦ ﻓـــﺮص ﻋــﻤــﻞ ﻣــﺒــﺎﺷــﺮة وﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎت اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑــﺄﺳــﻠــﻮب ﻳﺴﻬﻢ ﻓــﻲ رﻓــﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻴﺸﺔ ﺳــﻜــﺎن اﻷﻗــﺎﻟــﻴــﻢ اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫وﻳﻠﺒﻲ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬وﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أن‬ ‫ﻳﻬﺪف اﻟﻨﻬﺞ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﻲ واﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎري‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺠﻌﺎت اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ وأﻣﺎﻛﻦ اﻹﻗﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫وأﺳﻠﻮب ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ دﻣﺠﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﺪر‬ ‫اﻹﻣــﻜــﺎن ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي‬ ‫واﻻﺟــﺘــﻤــﺎﻋــﻲ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪ ،‬وإﻋــﻄــﺎء‬ ‫اﻷوﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺎوي اﻟﻤﻬﺎرات‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻘﻮى اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﺮض اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﺴﺎﺣﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫واﻟﺠﺰر واﻷﻗﺎﻟﻴﻢ اﻟﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ واﻟﺠﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﺷﺪﻳﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺄﺛﺮ واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﻧﺎدرة ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮاﺟﻬﺔ ﺗﻘﻠﺺ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﺎت اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (4‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺘﻐﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬اﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺨﻀﻌﻮن‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻘﻮاﻧﻴﻦ اﻟــﺼــﺎدرة ﻋــﻦ اﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬أن ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮا ﺑﺈﺟﺮاء دراﺳﺎت‬ ‫ﻋﻦ أﺛــﺮ ﻣﺸﺎرﻳﻌﻬﻢ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ وﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎ اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻢ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت واﺿﺤﺔ وﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺑﺮاﻣﺠﻬﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ‪ ،‬وﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮاﺗﻬﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ‪ ،‬وﺗﻌﻤﻴﻖ اﻟﺤﻮار ﻣﻊ اﻟﺴﻜﺎن‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﻴﻦ ﺣﻮل ﻣﻀﻤﻮن ﻫﺬه اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎدة اﻟﺴﺎدﺳﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺰاﻣﺎت أﺻﺤﺎب اﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﻳﻠﺘﺰم اﻟﻤﺸﺘﻐﻠﻮن ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻣــﻌــﻠــﻮﻣــﺎت ﻣــﻮﺿــﻮﻋــﻴــﺔ وﺻــﺎدﻗــﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﺤﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ اﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﺼﺪوﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫وﻋــﻦ ﻇــﺮوف ﺳﻔﺮﻫﻢ واﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﻢ‬ ‫وإﻗﺎﻣﺘﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻬﻢ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫أن ﺷــﺮوط اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺪ اﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻤﻼء ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﺔ وواﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ وأﺳﻌﺎر وﺟــﻮدة اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻠﺘﺰﻣﻮن ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬وﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺪﻓﻌﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻹﺧﻼل‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﻳﻠﺘﺰم اﻟﻤﺸﺘﻐﻠﻮن ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻃﺎﻟﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ اﻷﻣــﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺒﺬل اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫واﻟﺘﻌﺎون ﻣﻊ اﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ‬ ‫أﻣﻦ وﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺋﺤﻴﻦ ووﻗﺎﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻮادث وﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺻﺤﺘﻬﻢ وﺳﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻄﻌﺎم اﻟــﺬي ﻳﻘﺪم ﻟﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻢ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺟﻮد أﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦ واﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ أن ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻮل اﻻﻟﺘﺰام ﺑﺎﻹﺑﻼغ اﻟــﺬي ﺗﻨﺺ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﻘﻮاﻧﻴﻦ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ودﻓﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎدل ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم اﻟﻮﻓﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺰاﻣﺎﺗﻬﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺘﻐﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻃﺎﻟﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ اﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬أن ﻳﺒﺬﻟﻮا ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫وﺳﻌﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ إﺷﺒﺎع اﻟﺮﻏﺒﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ واﻟﺮوﺣﻴﺔ ﻟــﺪى اﻟﺴﺎﺋﺤﻴﻦ‬ ‫وإﺗــﺎﺣــﺔ اﻟــﻔــﺮﺻــﺔ ﻟــﻬــﻢ ﻟﻤﻤﺎرﺳﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺎﺋﺮﻫﻢ اﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء ﺳﻔﺮﻫﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (4‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻄﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟــﺪول‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼﺪرة واﻟﺪول اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬وﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎون‬ ‫ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﻴﻦ واﺗﺤﺎداﺗﻬﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺟــﻮد اﻵﻟﻴﺎت اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻹﻋﺎدة اﻟﺴﺎﺋﺤﻴﻦ إﻟﻰ ﺑﻼدﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫إﻓﻼس اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻈﻤﺖ ﺳﻔﺮﻫﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (5‬ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺤﻖ‪ ،‬وﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ واﺟﺐ‬ ‫إﻋـــﻼم ﻣﻮاﻃﻨﻴﻬﺎ )ﺧــﺼــﻮﺻــﺎ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻷزﻣﺎت( ﺑﺎﻟﻈﺮوف اﻟﺼﻌﺒﺔ‪ ،‬أو ﺣﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻣﻮاﺟﻬﺘﻬﺎ أﺛﻨﺎء‬ ‫ﺳﻔﺮﻫﻢ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺨﺎرج‪ .‬وﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ إﺻﺪار ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬ ‫دون ﻣﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻻ ﻣﺒﺮر‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ﻳﻀﺮ ﺑﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪول‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻔﺔ وﺑﻤﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ اﻟﺮﺣﻼت‬ ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺬا ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﺤﻮى إرﺷــﺎدات اﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻠﻄﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺪول اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻔﺔ واﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ إﺻﺪارﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ أن ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﻮرة اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ وأن ﺗﻘﺘﺼﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺠﻐﺮاﻓﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﺘﻘﺮ‬ ‫إﻟﻰ اﻷﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻼ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ أو‬ ‫إﻟﻐﺎء ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻹرﺷﺎدات ﻓﻮر ﻋﻮدة‬ ‫اﻷﻣﻮر إﻟﻰ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (6‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﺼﺤﺎﻓﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ اﻟﺼﺤﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﺷـــﺆون اﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫وﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ وﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻹﻋﻼم‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫وﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫أن ﺗﻨﺸﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺻــﺎدﻗــﺔ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫اﻷﺣﺪاث واﻟﻤﻮاﻗﻒ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﺪﻓﻖ اﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ أﻳﻀﺎ‬ ‫أن ﺗﻘﺪم ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت دﻗﻴﻘﺔ وﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﻲ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬ ‫واﻟــﺘــﺠــﺎرة اﻹﻟــﻜــﺘــﺮوﻧــﻴــﺔ اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ‬ ‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻐﺮض‪،‬‬ ‫وﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ اﻟﺸﺄن‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻹﻋﻼم‪ ،‬ﻋﺪم ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﺄي ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎدة اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺳﻜﺎن اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪم‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎواة ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻄﻠﻊ إﻟﻰ اﻛﺘﺸﺎف‬ ‫ﻣﻮارد ﻫﺬا اﻟﻜﻮﻛﺐ واﻻﺳﺘﻤﺘﺎع ﺑﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة وﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ؛ ﻛﻤﺎ أن‬

‫اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻛﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﺜﻔﺔ واﻟﻤﺘﺰاﻳﺪة ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ واﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺪ أﺣﺪ‬ ‫أﻓﻀﻞ اﻟﻄﺮق اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻤﻮ اﻟﻤﻄﺮد ﻓﻲ أوﻗﺎت اﻟﻔﺮاغ‪ ،‬وﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻌﻮﻗﺎت أﻣﺎﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ اﻟﻨﻈﺮ إﻟــﻰ ﺣﻖ اﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎره ﻣﻼزﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺮاﺣﺔ واﻟﺘﺮﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻤﻠﻪ ذﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫وﺿﻊ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻌﻘﻮل ﻟﻌﺪد ﺳﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫واﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ إﺟــﺎزات‬ ‫دورﻳﺔ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻋﺔ اﻷﺟﺮ‪ ،‬وﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 24‬ﻣﻦ اﻹﻋﻼن اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﺤﻘﻮق اﻹﻧﺴﺎن‪ ،‬واﻟﻤﺎدة )‪ – 7‬د(‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻬﺪ اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻮق اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ‬ ‫واﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ واﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أن ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ اﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻬﻞ ﺑﺪرﺟﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮة ﻣﻦ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺮﻓﻴﻪ واﻟﺴﻔﺮ‬ ‫واﻻﻧﺘﻔﺎع ﻣﻦ اﻹﺟﺎزات‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (4‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ وﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫وﺳﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﺎب واﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ وﻛﺒﺎر اﻟﺴﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫وﺳﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻗﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎدة اﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺴﻴﺎح‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أن ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ اﻟﺴﺎﺋﺤﻮن واﻟﺰاﺋﺮون‪،‬‬ ‫وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻘﻮاﻋﺪ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ واﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺮﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ داﺧﻞ أوﻃﺎﻧﻬﻢ‬ ‫وﻣﻦ دوﻟﺔ إﻟﻰ أﺧﺮى‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻼ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 13‬ﻣﻦ اﻹﻋﻼن اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﺤﻘﻮق اﻹﻧﺴﺎن‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أن ﻳﺴﻤﺢ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟــﻰ أﻣﺎﻛﻦ اﻟﻌﺒﻮر‬ ‫واﻹﻗﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬وﺑﻠﻮغ اﻟﻤﻮاﻗﻊ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ‬ ‫واﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ دون ﺗﻌﺮض ﻹﺟــﺮاءات‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ودون ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﻳﺤﻖ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﺤﻴﻦ واﻟﺰاﺋﺮﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬ ‫أي ﻣﻦ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺳﻮاء‬

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ داﺧﻠﻴﺔ أو ﺧﺎرﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ واﻟﻤﻴﺴﺮة ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت اﻹدارﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أن ﺗﻜﻔﻞ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺣﺮﻳﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻤﺜﻠﻴﻦ اﻟﻘﻨﺼﻠﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﺒﻠﺪاﻧﻬﻢ وﻓﻘﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎت اﻟﺪﺑﻠﻮﻣﺎﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﺎرﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﻳﺤﻖ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﺤﻴﻦ واﻟﺰاﺋﺮﻳﻦ اﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻘﻮق اﻟﻤﻘﺮرة ﻟﻤﻮاﻃﻨﻲ اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻳﺰوروﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺴﺮﻳﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ واﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫وﺑﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻫﺬه‬ ‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (4‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أن ﺗﺘﻤﺸﻰ اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻹدارﻳﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻌﺒﻮر اﻟﺤﺪود‪ ،‬ﺳﻮاء ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ أو ﻧﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋﻦ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎت‬ ‫دوﻟﻴﺔ – ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮات أو اﻹﺟﺮاءات‬ ‫اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ واﻟﺠﻤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﺑﻘﺪر اﻹﻣﻜﺎن‬ ‫ﻣﻊ اﻟﺴﻌﻲ إﻟــﻰ ﻛﻔﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺮﻳﺔ اﻟﺴﻔﺮ‬ ‫واﻻﻧﺘﻔﺎع ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ إﻟﻰ أﻗﺼﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺮم ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت اﻟــﺪول‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻹﺟـــﺮاءات واﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬واﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﺪرﻳﺠﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ إﻟﻐﺎء‬ ‫أو ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ اﻟﻀﺮاﺋﺐ واﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮق ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ وﺗﻀﺮ ﺑﻘﺪرﺗﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (5‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أن ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺼﻮل‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺎت ﻣﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻼت‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ واﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻷﺳﻔﺎرﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ دام اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي ﻟﺪوﻟﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎدة اﻟﺘﺎﺳﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ واﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻟﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺿﻤﺎن اﻟﺤﻘﻮق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺄﺟﺮ واﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻬﻢ‬

‫اﻟــﺨــﺎص ﻓــﻲ ﺻــﻨــﺎﻋــﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫واﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬وذﻟﻚ ﺗﺤﺖ‬ ‫إﺷﺮاف اﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎت اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ واﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ دول اﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ واﻟﺪول اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻈﺮا‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺒﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ اﻟﻨﺎﺟﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﻬﻢ واﻟﺒﻌﺪ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬واﻟﻤﺮوﻧﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ أﻏﻠﺐ اﻷﺣــﻮال ﻣﺮاﻋﺎﺗﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﻜﻢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺄﺟﺮ واﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻬﻢ‬ ‫اﻟــﺨــﺎص ﻓــﻲ ﺻــﻨــﺎﻋــﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫واﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﺟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ‬ ‫أوﻟــﻲ وﺗــﺪرﻳــﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻴﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫وﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أن ﻳﺤﺼﻠﻮا ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫اﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ اﻟﺤﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻧﻌﺪام اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮار اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﻲ ﺑﻘﺪر‬ ‫اﻹﻣﻜﺎن‪ ،‬وﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ إﻋﻄﺎء وﺿﻊ ﺧﺎص‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎل اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻤﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﻄﺎع ﻳﺴﻤﺢ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ اﻟﺴﻤﺎح ﻷي ﺷﺨﺺ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ أو‬ ‫اﻋﺘﺒﺎري‪ ،‬ﻟﺪﻳﻪ اﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎت واﻟﻤﻬﺎرات‬ ‫اﻟــﻀــﺮورﻳــﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﻨﺸﺎط ﻣﻬﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎل اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻮاﻧﻴﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬وﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أن ﻳﺴﻤﺢ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎوﻟﻴﻦ واﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮن ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎل اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮة وﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮل‬ ‫اﻟﻲ اﻟﻘﻄﺎع اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻗﻞ ﻗﺪر ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻴﻮد اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ أو اﻹدارﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (4‬ﺗــﺴــﻬــﻢ ﻋــﻤــﻠــﻴــﺎت ﺗــﺒــﺎدل اﻟــﺨــﺒــﺮة‬ ‫ﻟﻺدارﻳﻴﻦ واﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻠﺪان‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮاء ﻛﺎﻧﻮا ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮن ﺑﺄﺟﺮ‬ ‫أم ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ دﻋﻢ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬا ﻣﻦ اﻟﻀﺮوري ﺗﻴﺴﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﻘﺪر اﻹﻣﻜﺎن ﻓﻲ‬ ‫إﻃﺎر اﻟﻘﻮاﻧﻴﻦ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ واﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (5‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎت اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺎت أﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﻞ ﻣﺮاﻛﺰ اﻟﻘﻮة‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ أﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬وذﻟﻚ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﻀﺎﻣﻦ اﻟﻼزم ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﺒﺎدﻻت‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ وﻧﻤﻮﻫﺎ اﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ؛ وﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎت أن ﺗﺘﺠﻨﺐ اﻟﺘﺤﻮل إﻟﻰ أدوات‬ ‫ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﻨﻤﺎذج اﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ واﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺮض ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﺼﻄﻨﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎت اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬وﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر‬ ‫واﻟﺘﺠﺎرة‪ ،‬أن ﺗﺸﺎرك ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬واﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺺ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﻫﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎد اﻟــﺬي ﺗﻘﻮم‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﻌﺎدة‬ ‫أرﺑﺎﺣﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺑﻠﺪاﻧﻬﺎ اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ أو ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺘﻴﺮاد ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (6‬إن اﻟــﺸــﺮاﻛــﺔ وإﻗـــﺎﻣـــﺔ ﻋــﻼﻗــﺎت‬ ‫ﻣــﺘــﻮازﻧــﺔ ﺑــﻴــﻦ ﻣــﺸــﺎرﻳــﻊ اﻟـــﺪول‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮﻟﺪة واﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﻳﺴﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ وﻓــﻲ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﻫﺎ ﺗﻮزﻳﻌﺎ ﻋﺎدﻻ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎدة اﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮة‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺒﺎدئ اﻟﻤﺪوﻧﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻵداب اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻷﺻﺤﺎب اﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮاء ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻄﺎع اﻟﻌﺎم أو‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻄﺎع اﻟﺨﺎص‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻌﺎون ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺬه اﻟﻤﺒﺎدئ وﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ اﻟﻔﻌﺎل‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻷﺻﺤﺎب اﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ اﻻﻋﺘﺮاف ﺑﺪور اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ وﻋﻠﻰ رأﺳﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وﻛﺬﻟﻚ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ ذات اﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮوﻳﺞ‬ ‫واﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﻴﻦ وﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﻘﻮق‬ ‫اﻹﻧﺴﺎن واﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ واﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮاﻋﺎة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺒﺎدئ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻷﺻﺤﺎب اﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺢ اﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮرﻳﻦ‬ ‫أن ﻳﺒﺮﻫﻨﻮا ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺰﻣﻬﻢ إﺣﺎﻟﺔ أﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎزﻋﺎت ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ أو ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺪوﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻵداب اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ إﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﺤﺎﻳﺪة ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻓﻲ ”اﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻵداب اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ“ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

Mje. EPS's A?RABE 2010:Maquetaci贸n 1

22/2/10

09:50

P谩gina 8

CBD GUIDELINES

GUIDELINES ON BIODIVERSITY AND TOURISM DEVELOPMENT

Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity

GUIDELINES ON BIODIVERSITY AND TOURISM DEVELOPMENT International guidelines for activities related to sustainable tourism development in vulnerable terrestrial, marine and coastal ecosystems and habitats of major importance for biological diversity and protected areas, including fragile riparian and mountain ecosystems

Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity

Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development

92-807-2468-1

This publication may be reproduced for educational or non-profit purposes without special permission from the copyright holders, provided acknowledgement of the source is made. The Secretariat of the Convention would appreciate receiving a copy of any publications that uses this publication as a source. For bibliographic and reference purposes this publication should be referred to as: Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity (2004) Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development: International guidelines for activities related to sustainable tourism development in vulnerable terrestrial, marine and coastal ecosystems and habitats of major importance for biological diversity and protected areas, including fragile riparian and mountain ecosystems. (CBD Guidelines) Montreal: Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity 29 p. For further information please contact The Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity 393 St. Jacques Street West, Suite 300 Montreal, Quebec, H2Y 1N9 Canada Tel: +1 (514) 288 2220 Fax: +1 (514) 288 6588 Email: secretariat@biodiv.org Web: http://www.biodiv.org Photo Credits: ©Denis-Huot/Hoaqui/Alpha Presse The cover photo of the Guidelines finds its inspiration in the origins of the term “ecotourism.” Mexican architect Hector Ceballos Lascurain coined the term in 1983 when lobbying for the conservation of Yucatan wetlands as a habitat for the American Flamingo. His definition was officially adopted by IUCN in 1996. Though many definitions and models of ecotourism and sustainable tourism abound, all should meet the following criteria: provide for conservation of biological and cultural diversity, include meaningful community participation and be economically sustainable.

Foreword

Foreword Tourism is one of the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s fastest growing industries. It is also a source of increasing stress on fragile ecosystems. Its social, economic and environmental impacts are immense and complex, not least because tourism concentrates on vulnerable natural and cultural sites. Short-term gains may take precedence over long-term environmental considerations, such as the conservation and sustainable use of biological diversity. However, natural ecosystems and biological resources that may be threatened by tourism development provide the very goods and services that underpin the tourism industry. The challenge is therefore to ensure that tourism is developed in harmony with environmental considerations. Sustainable tourism can generate employment and income, thus providing a strong incentive for conservation. It can also raise public awareness of the many goods and services provided by biological diversity, and of the needs to respect traditional knowledge and practices. Sustainable tourism has the potential to reconcile economic and environmental concerns and give a practical meaning to sustainable development. In order to promote sustainable tourism, the Conference of the Parties to the Convention on Biological Diversity in 2000 accepted the invitation to participate, with regard to biological diversity, in the international work programme on sustainable tourism development under the United Nations Commission on Sustainable Development, with a view to contributing to the development of a set of international guidelines for activities related to sustainable tourism development in vulnerable ecosystems. The CBD Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development are the result of a lengthy consultative process involving Parties, competent organizations, and indigenous and local communities. They were initially developed by experts at a Workshop held in Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic, in June 2001, and subsequently improved and refined by the Subsidiary Body on Scientific, Technical and Technological Advice of the Convention. Finally, they were adopted by the seventh meeting of the Conference of the Parties, held in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, in February 2004. The Guidelines are a tangible tool in keeping with the commitment of Parties to focus on the practical implementation of the Convention and the target to achieve, by 2010, a significant reduction in the current rate of biodiversity loss, which is at the heart of the Conventionâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s strategic plan.

Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development

I urge all concerned to apply the Guidelines for any tourism development and activity taking place in, or likely to impact on, vulnerable ecosystems. Recalling the decisions of the Conference of the Parties, I also invite all Governments to integrate the Guidelines in the development or review of their strategies and plans for tourism development, national biodiversity strategies and action plans, and other related sectoral strategies, in consultation with interested stakeholders including tourism operators and all members of the tourism sector. Hamdallah Zedan Executive Secretary Convention on Biological Diversity

Introduction

Introduction The CBD Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development are a comprehensive instrument developed by the international community to achieve more sustainable tourism development. The Guidelines aim at making tourism and biodiversity more mutually supportive, engaging the private sector and local and indigenous communities, and promoting infrastructure and land-use planning based on the principles of conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity. They provide a framework addressing what the proponent of a new tourism investment or activity should do to seek approval, how the authorities should manage the approval process, and how to sustain the transition to sustainable tourism through education and capacitybuilding. The Guidelines are conceived as a practical tool providing technical guidance to policy makers, decision makers and managers with responsibilities covering tourism and/or biodiversity, whether in national or local government, the private sector, indigenous and local communities, non-governmental organizations and other organizations, on ways of working together with key stakeholders involved in tourism and biodiversity. The main thrust of the guidelines is that tourism management should be based on a consultative process involving multi-stakeholder participation and should consist of ten steps, including: the development of an overall vision for the sustainable development of tourism activities; the setting of short-terms objectives to implement the vision; the review and building of regulations and tourism standards; the assessment of the potential impacts of tourism projects; the monitoring of impacts and compliance; and the implementation of adaptive management in relation to tourism and biodiversity. To ensure their effective implementation, the Guidelines should be supported by long-term public education and awareness-raising campaigns to inform both professionals and the general public about the impacts of tourism on biological diversity and about good practices in this area, and capacity building activities. The Guidelines have already been applied in a number of field projects as a basis for the conception and implementation of their work. Experience shows that that they should be an evolving tool and their development and further refinement an ongoing process; they should be adapted to different realities and ecosystems. To

Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development

this end, the seventh meeting of the Conference of the Parties invited Parties, Governments, and relevant organizations to implement pilot projects to test the applicability of the Guidelines, understand their practical implications and report on their effectiveness.

Scope

The present Guidelines are voluntary and represent a range of opportunities for local, regional, national governments, indigenous and local communities and other stakeholders to manage tourism activities in an ecological, economic and socially sustainable manner. They can be flexibly applied to suit different circumstances and domestic institutional and legal settings.

The Guidelines will assist Parties to the Convention on Biological Diversity, public authorities and stakeholders at all levels, to apply the provisions of the Convention to the sustainable development and management of tourism policies, strategies, projects and activities. They will provide technical guidance to policy makers, decision makers and managers with responsibilities covering tourism and/or biodiversity, whether in national or local government, the private sector, indigenous and local communities1, non-governmental organizations or other organizations, on a process for working together with key stakeholders involved in tourism and biodiversity.

The Guidelines cover all forms and activities of tourism. These activities should be consistent with the principles of conservation and sustainable use of biological diversity. These include, but are not limited to, conventional mass tourism, ecotourism, nature- and culture-based tourism, heritage and traditional tourism, cruise tourism, leisure and sports tourism. Although the primary focus of the Guidelines is vulnerable ecosystems and habitats, they are also appropriate for tourism with impact on biodiversity in all geographical locations and tourist destinations. The guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development can also play a crucial role in incorporating sustainable use and equity strategies within and around protected areas. Furthermore the Guidelines recognize the need for collaboration between originating and receiving countries and should be used to balance local interests and national, regional and international policies.

For the purposes of the present Guidelines “indigenous and local communities” means “indigenous and local communities embodying traditional lifestyles relevant for the conservation and sustainable use of biological diversity”.

Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development

B. THE POLICY-MAKING, DEVELOPMENT PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT PROCESS 4.

The main elements considered in developing the Guidelines are: (a) Framework for management of tourism and biodiversity; (b) Notification process in relation to such a management framework; (c) Public education, capacity-building and awareness-raising concerning tourism and biodiversity.

Policy-making, development planning and the management process need to be undertaken through a multi-stakeholder process. Governments will normally coordinate this process at national level. This process may also be undertaken at more local levels by local government, and should ensure strong involvement of indigenous and local communities throughout the management and decision-making process. In addition, those responsible for tourism development and activities are encouraged to consult with and involve all relevant stakeholders, and especially those who are or may be affected by such developments and activities. The process applies to both new tourism development and the management of the existing tourism operations.

Institutions

In order to ensure coordination between the levels of decision-making in government departments and agencies concerned with management of biological diversity and tourism as well as agencies responsible for broader national economic development, inter- and intra-departmental and interorganizational structures and processes should be established, if they do not already exist, to guide policy development and implementation.

There is a need to improve awareness and exchange of knowledge between those responsible for and affected by tourism and nature conservation at a national, subnational and local level. In addition, national biodiversity strategies and action plans should include consideration of tourism issues, and tourism plans should likewise include full consideration of biodiversity issues. Existing documents, strategies and plans should be coherent or revised and amended to that effect as applicable.

A consultative process should be established to ensure ongoing and effective dialogue and information-sharing with stakeholders, as well as to resolve conflicts that might arise inrelation to tourism and biological diversity and build consensus. To assist in this process, a multi-stakeholder body should be established including government departments, the tourism sector, non-governmental organizations, indigenous and local communities

The policy-making, development planning and management process

and other stakeholders, to ensure their engagement and full participation in the whole process, and encourage the establishment of partnerships. 9.

The institutional arrangements should provide for the comprehensive involvement of stakeholders in the management process described in these Guidelines.

10. Authorities and managers of protected areas have a special role for the management of tourism and biodiversity. To this end, there is a need for government support and resources for managers, including training to perform their role effectively. In addition, it is necessary to establish and review mechanisms and funding policies to ensure the availability of adequate resources for maintaining biodiversity and promoting sustainable tourism. International institutions and development agencies should be involved as appropriate. 11. To be sustainable, tourism development in any destination requires coordinated policy-making, development planning and management. The policymaking, development planning and management process comprises the following steps: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j)

Baseline information and review; Vision and goals; Objectives; Review of legislation and control measures; Impact assessment; Impact management and mitigation; Decision-making; Implementation; Monitoring and reporting; Adaptive management.

1. Baseline information 12. Baseline information is necessary to enable informed decisions to be taken on any issue. A minimum of baseline information is needed to enable impact assessment and decision-making and it is recommended that its compilation follow the ecosystem approach. 13. For tourism and biodiversity, the baseline information should include information, as appropriate, on: (a)

Current economic, social and environmental conditions at national and local level, including current and planned tourism development and activities and their overall positive and negative impacts, as well as development and activities in other sectors;

Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development

(b) Structure and trends within the tourism sector, tourism policy and tourism markets and trends, at national, regional and international level, including information based on market research as necessary; (c) Environmental and biodiversity resources and processes, including any special features and sites of particular importance and protected areas, and identifying those resources that may be off bounds to development due to their particular fragility and those resources identified by existing analysis of threats; (d) Culturally sensitive areas; (e) Benefits from, and costs of, tourism to indigenous and local communities; (f) Information on damage done to the environment in the past; (g) National biodiversity strategies, action plans and reports and other sectoral plans and policies relevant for tourism development and biodiversity; (h) National, subnational and local sustainable-development plans. 14. Baseline information should take into consideration all sources of knowledge. The adequacy of the baseline information available will need to be reviewed, and where necessary, further research and information-gathering can be undertaken to fill gaps that may be identified. 15. All stakeholders may contribute relevant information to this process, including indigenous and local communities. To this end, there is a need for capacity-building and training to assist stakeholders in documenting, accessing, analysing and interpreting baseline information. 16. Collation and synthesis of information provided will need to be undertaken by an appropriately qualified team, drawing on a range of expertise, including expertise in tourism and in biodiversity issues, and in traditional knowledge and innovation systems. 17. In order to ensure that all relevant information, its credibility and reliability, are considered, all stakeholders should be involved in review of the collated baseline information available, and in the synthesis of this information. 18. Baseline information should include maps, geographical information systems and other visual tools, including already identified zoning schemes. 19. The baseline information-gathering and review process should make full use of the clearing-house mechanism under the Convention on Biological Diversity, as well as other relevant networks such as the World Network of Biosphere Reserves, World Heritage sites and Ramsar sites.

The policy-making, development planning and management process

20. Requirements for site-specific information in relation to proposals for tourism development and activities at particular locations are set out in the notification process, and its compilation should follow the ecosystem approach. To enable impact assessment and decision making, the basic information required includes: (a)

Site-specific aspects: (i) The various laws and regulations and plans that may be applicable to the specific site, including overviews of: a. Existing laws at local, subnational and national levels; b. Existing uses, customs and traditions; c. Relevant regional and international conventions or agreements and their status, and cross-boundary agreements or memoranda of understanding (MoUs); (ii) Identification of various stakeholders involved in or potentially affected by the proposed project - including stakeholders in governmental, non-governmental, and private sectors (particularly those from the tourism sector), and indigenous and local communities - along with details concerning their participation in and/or consultation on the proposed project during its design, planning, construction and operation; (b) Ecological aspects: (i) Detailed indication of the protected and biodiversity significant areas; (ii) Specifications on the ecosystems, habitats, species; (iii) Quantitative and qualitative information on the loss of habitats and species (main reasons, trends); (iv) Indexing of species; (v) Identified threats; (vi) Existing zones, ecological zones and existing tourism zones within the ecological zones; (vii) Ecologically sensitive zones and zones where ecological disasters have or will most likely take place; (c) Development aspects: (i) Summary of the proposed project, why and by whom it is proposed, estimated outcomes and possible impacts (including impacts on the surrounding areas and transboundary impacts), and quantitative and qualitative data on these aspects; (ii) Description of the stages of development and the various structures and stakeholders that may be involved at each stage; (iii) Description of current land-uses, infrastructures, tourism facilities and services and their interaction with proposed operations.

Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development

2. Vision and goals Vision 21. An overall vision for sustainable tourism development in harmony with the goals and objectives of the Convention on Biological Diversity and other related conventions, such as the World Heritage Convention, is important for the effective management of tourism and biodiversity, and for ensuring that this also contributes to income generation and poverty reduction and a reduction of threats to biodiversity. The vision developed at the local level, while reflecting local priorities and realities, should take into account, as appropriate, national and regional tourism development strategies, policies and plans for economic and social development and for land-use, as well as the baseline information and review. It should be based on a multi-stakeholder process including indigenous and local communities that are or may be affected by tourism development.

Goals 22. The main goals are established to maximize the positive benefits of tourism to biodiversity, ecosystems, and economic and social development, and of biodiversity to tourism, while minimizing negative social and environmental impacts from tourism, and can cover, inter alia: (a) Maintenance of the structure and functioning of ecosystems; (b) Sustainable tourism compatible with biodiversity conservation and sustainable use; (c) Fair and equitable sharing of benefits of tourism activities, with emphasis on the specific needs of the indigenous and local communities concerned; (d) Integration and interrelation with other plans, developments or activities in the same area; (e) Information and capacity-building; (f) Poverty reduction, through the generation of sufficient revenues and employment to effectively reduce threats to biodiversity in indigenous and local communities; (g) Protection of indigenous livelihoods, resources and of access to those resources; (h) Diversification of economic activities beyond tourism to reduce dependency on tourism; (i) Prevention of any lasting damage to biological diversity, ecosystems, and natural resources, and of social and cultural damage, and restoration of past damage where appropriate; (j) Supporting the effective participation and involvement of representatives of indigenous and local communities in the development, oper-

The policy-making, development planning and management process

(k)

(l) (m) (n) (o) (p)

ation and monitoring of tourism activities on lands and waters traditionally occupied by them Zoning and control of tourism developments and activities, including licensing and overall targets for and limits to the scale of tourism, to provide a range of activities for user groups that meet overall visions and goals; Empowerment through participation in decision-making; Access by indigenous and local communities to infrastructure, transport, communications and healthcare provisions laid on for tourists; Increased safety for indigenous local communities; Increased social pride; Control of tourism development and activities including licensing and clear indication on the limits to the scale and type of tourism development.

23. In relation to sharing of benefits arising from tourism and the conservation of biodiversity with indigenous and local communities, it should be noted that benefits may take various forms, including: job creation, fostering local enterprises, participation in tourism enterprises and projects, education, direct investment opportunities, economic linkages and ecological services. Appropriate mechanisms need to be established/ evolved to capture the benefits. 24. The vision and goals will form the basis of national strategies or master plans for sustainable development of tourism in relation to biodiversity. Such plans should also incorporate consideration of biodiversity strategies and plans. In addition, biodiversity strategies and plans should include consideration of tourism issues. 25. Governments will normally coordinate this process at national level. This process may also be undertaken at more local levels by local government, and by communities at community level. Where local and community level vision and goals for tourism and biodiversity have been set, these may be taken into account by governments when preparing the national level vision and goals, for example through workshops at the local level.

3. Objectives 26. The objectives focus on actions to implement specific elements of the overall vision and goals, and may include clear activities and the time by which these will be achieved. Objectives should be performance-based (e.g., construction of an interpretative trail to aid development of local guide services) and process-based (e.g., establishment of an operational management system for tourism and biodiversity). As with the vision and goals, it is

Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development

important to involve and consult with all relevant stakeholders, and especially the tourism industry and indigenous and local communities that are or may be affected by tourism development, in the process for setting objectives. 27. Objectives should be specific and should include specific areas identified in clearly delineated zones listing the types of activities and infrastructure that would be acceptable and should be developed. It should also outline the impact management measures that would be appropriate, and intended markets (with greater detail, as set out in the notification process, being required for proposals for tourism development or activities at specific locations). 28. Governments may also wish to consider: (a)

Measures to ensure that sites designated at international level, such as Ramsar or World Heritage sites or Biosphere Reserves, are accorded appropriate legal recognition and government assistance at the national level; (b) Establishing reserves based on the biosphere reserve concept and incorporating sustainable-development objectives, generating income and employment opportunities for indigenous and local communities, and promoting appropriate product development; (c) Measures to ensure that sites, at the national level, such as national parks, reserves and marine conservation areas are accorded appropriate legal recognition, have management plans and are provided necessary government support; (d) Strengthening the protected area network and encouraging the role of protected areas as key locations for good practices in the management of sustainable tourism and biodiversity, taking into account the full range of protected area categories; (e) Use of political and economic tools and measures to encourage the channelling of part of total tourism revenues towards supporting the conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity, such as conservation of protected areas, education, research programmes, or local community development; (f) Encouraging all stakeholders, as well as the private sector, to actively support the conservation of biodiversity and the sustainable use of its components. 29. Governments will normally coordinate this process at national level. This process may also be undertaken at more local levels by local government, and by communities at community level. Where local- and communitylevel objectives for tourism and biodiversity have been set, these may be taken into account by governments when preparing national level objectives.

The policy-making, development planning and management process

4. Legislation and control measures 30. Respect for existing national legislation and appropriate regulatory mechanisms and tools, such as land-use planning, protected area management plans, environmental assessment, building regulations and standards for sustainable tourism, are essential for the effective implementation of any overall vision, goals, and objectives. A review of legislation and control measures could consider, as appropriate, the legislation and control measures available for implementation of the overall vision, goals and objectives for tourism and biodiversity, their effectiveness, including enforcement, and any gaps that may need to be addressed for example, by revision ofâ&#x20AC;&#x201D; or the development of additionalâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;legislation and control measures. 31. The review of legislation and control measures may include, inter alia, assessment of the effectiveness of any provisions for resource management, access, and/or ownership by communities, especially indigenous and local communities in relation to tourism development or operations on lands and waters traditionally occupied or used by them;; addressing legally established rights of indigenous and local communities; and enabling these groups to make decisions about tourism development and activities, amongst other forms of development and activities, in these areas. 32. Legislation and control measures considered could include measures for: (a) Effective enforcement of existing laws, including the participation of all stakeholders; (b) Approval and licensing processes for tourism development and activities; (c) Controlling the planning, siting, design and construction of tourism facilities and infrastructures; (d) Management of tourism in relation to biodiversity and ecosystems, including vulnerable areas; (e) Application of environmental assessment, including assessment of cumulative impacts and effects on biodiversity, to all proposed tourism developments, and as a tool to develop policies and measure their impacts; (f) Setting national standards and/or criteria for tourism that are consistent with overall national or regional plans for sustainable development and national biodiversity strategies and action plans: (i) Environmental quality and land-use criteria in and around tourism sites; (ii) Development of a decision-making process with environmental and cultural sustainability guidelines for new and existing tourism development within the designated goals and objectives of the siteâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s different zones and within the limits of acceptable change;

Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development

(g) Integrated land-use management; (h) Ensuring inter-linkages between tourism and cross-cutting issues, including agricultural development, coastal zone management, water resources, etc.; (i) Mechanisms to resolve any inconsistencies between policy objectives and/or legislation in a manner that takes into account the interests of all stakeholders; (j) Application of economic instruments, including tiered user fees, bonds, taxes or levies, for the management of tourism and biodiversity; (k) Creating incentives for sustainable tourism development in line with the provisions of the Convention on Biological Diversity and Agenda 21 through relevant economic mechanisms; (l) Supporting private sector voluntary initiatives consistent with these Guidelines, such as certification schemes and providing opportunities for the private tourism sector to contribute to management initiatives through direct donations, in-kind services, and other voluntary initiatives consistent with these Guidelines, and relevant policies; (m) Avoiding tourism development or activities outside those areas set out in the objectives; (n) Monitoring, control of and provision of information on activities related to collection and trade of biological and related cultural resources within tourism sites. 33. Governments will normally coordinate this process at the national level. It is important to involve and consult with all relevant stakeholders, and especially indigenous and local communities that are or may be affected by tourism development, in the process for reviewing legislation and control measures, assessing their adequacy and effectiveness, and proposing development of new legislation and measures where necessary.

5. Impact assessment 34. Impact assessment for sustainable tourism development in ecosystems should be based on the â&#x20AC;&#x153;Guidelines for incorporating biodiversity-related issues into environmental impact assessment legislation and/or processes and in strategic environmental assessmentâ&#x20AC;? developed by the Convention on Biological Diversity and contained in the annex to decision VI/7 A (paras. 1-24) as well as on the Akwe: Kon voluntary guidelines for the conduct of cultural, environmental and social impact assessment regarding developments proposed to take place on, or which are likely to impact on, sacred sites and on lands and waters traditionally occupied or used by indigenous and local communities (as contained in section F of decision VII/16).

The policy-making, development planning and management process

35. At national level, Governments should normally undertake assessment of impacts associated with the overall vision, goals and objectives for tourism and biodiversity. In addition, this process may also be undertaken at more local levels by local government, and by indigenous and local communities. 36. Proposers of tourism developments or activities should assess the potential impacts of their proposals and provide information on this through a notification process. 37. Governments will normally undertake evaluations of the adequacy of impact assessments submitted by proposers of tourism developments or activities. These evaluations will need to be undertaken by an appropriately qualified team, drawing on a range of expertise, including expertise in tourism and in biodiversity management, and also involving those indigenous and local communities that would be affected by the proposals. There should be public access to the documentation. 38. If the information provided is not sufficient, or the impact assessment inadequate, then further impact assessment studies may need to be undertaken. The proposer may be requested to undertake such studies, or the Government may decide to undertake these studies, and may request funds from the proposer for this purpose, as appropriate. Other stakeholders, including biodiversity managers and indigenous and local communities that may be affected by a proposed development, may also provide their assessments of impacts associated with specific proposals for tourism developments or activities, and provisions may be needed to ensure that any such assessments are taken into account by decision-makers. 39. Indigenous and local communities concerned should be involved in impact assessment. Their traditional knowledge should be acknowledged and considered for impact assessment in particular tourism projects that affect their sacred sites or lands and waters traditionally occupied or used by them. 40. Sufficient time should be allowed considering the different conditions and circumstances to ensure that all stakeholders are able to participate effectively in the decision-making process for any project using information provided by the impact assessment. Such information should be provided in forms that are accessible and comprehensible to all the various stakeholders involved. 41. Impacts of tourism in relation to the environment and biological diversity may include: (a)

Use of land and resources for accommodation, tourism facilities and other infrastructure provision, including road networks, airports and seaports;

Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development

(b) Extraction and use of building materials (e.g., use of sand from beaches, reef limestone and wood); (c) Damage to or destruction of ecosystems and habitats, including deforestation, draining of wetlands, and intensified or unsustainable use of land; (d) Increased risk of erosion; (e) Disturbance of wild species, disrupting normal behaviour and potentially affecting mortality and reproductive success; (f) Alterations to habitats and ecosystems; (g) Increased risk of fires; (h) Unsustainable consumption of flora and fauna by tourists (e.g., through picking of plants; or purchase of souvenirs manufactured from wildlife, in particular such endangered species as corals and turtle shells; or through unregulated hunting, shooting and fishing); (i) Increased risk of introduction of alien species; (j) Intensive water demand from tourism; (k) Extraction of groundwater; (l) Deterioration in water quality (freshwater, coastal waters) and sewage pollution; (m) Eutrophication of aquatic habitats; (n) Introduction of pathogens; (o) Generation, handling and disposal of sewage and waste-water; (p) Chemical wastes, toxic substances and pollutants; (q) Solid waste (garbage or rubbish); (r) Contamination of land, freshwater and seawater resources; (s) Pollution and production of greenhouse gases, resulting from travel by air, road, rail, or sea, at local, national and global levels; (t) Noise. 42. Socio-economic and cultural impacts related to tourism may include: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h)

Influx of people and social degradation (e.g. local prostitution, drug abuse, etc.); Impacts on children and youth; Vulnerability to the changes in the flow of tourist arrivals which may result in sudden loss of income and jobs in times of downturn; Impacts on indigenous and local communities and cultural values; Impacts on health and the integrity of local cultural systems; Intergenerational conflicts and changed gender relationships; Erosion of traditional practices and lifestyles; Loss of access by indigenous and local communities to their land and resources as well as sacred sites, which are integral to the maintenance of traditional knowledge systems and traditional lifestyles.

The policy-making, development planning and management process

43. The potential benefits of tourism may include: (a) Revenue creation for the maintenance of natural resources of the area; (b) Contributions to economic and social development, for example: (i) Funding the development of infrastructure and services; (ii) Providing jobs; (iii) Providing funds for development or maintenance of sustainable practices; (iv) Providing alternative and supplementary ways for communities to receive revenue from biological diversity; (v) Generating incomes; (vi) Education and empowerment; (vii) An entry product that can have direct benefits for developing other related products at the site and regionally; (viii) Tourist satisfaction and experience gained at tourist destination.

6. Impact management and mitigation 44. Impact management is essential to avoid or minimize any potential damage to biodiversity conservation and sustainable use that tourism development or activities might cause. Proposals for tourism development or activities may incorporate proposals for impact management, but these may not necessarily be judged sufficient to deal with potential impacts on biodiversity. Therefore all stakeholders, and especially Governments that exercise overall control over tourism development and activities, will need to consider the various impact management approaches that may be necessary in any given situation. In particular, Governments should be aware that the tourism industry could provide a direct impetus for conservation of vulnerable ecosystems by supporting sustainable tourism activities that have a direct commercial interest in maintaining the vulnerable ecosystem in a good condition. 45. Tourism should be planned and managed using the internationally accepted planning methodologies (such as the Recreation Opportunity Spectrum and the Limits of Acceptable Change). In vulnerable ecosystems, based on these methodologies and relevant background information, tourism should be restricted and where necessary prevented. 46. Impact management can include, inter alia, measures for the siting of tourism development and activities, including establishing appropriate activities in different designated zones, differentiation between the impacts of different types of tourism, and measures to control tourist flows in and around tourist destinations and key sites, to promote appropriate behaviour by tourists so as to minimize their impacts, and to establish limits to numbers of visitors and their impacts within Limits of Acceptable Change at any site.

Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development

47. Impact management in relation to transboundary ecosystems and migratory species requires regional cooperation. 48. There is a need to identify those who will be responsible for implementing impact management and the resources that will be required for impact management. 49. Impact management for tourism development and activities can include the adoption and effective implementation of policies, good practices and lessons learned that cover, inter alia: (a) (b)

(f) (g) (h) (i)

(j) (k) (l)

Controlling impacts of major tourist flows including excursions, cruise ships, etc., which can cause serious effects on destinations even though they are visited for only short periods; Reducing impacts of activities outside tourism areas on adjacent and other ecosystems of importance for tourism (e.g., pollution from nearby farming activities or extractive industries may affect areas of tourism development); Responsible use of natural resources (e.g., land, soil, energy, water); Reducing, minimizing and preventing pollution and waste (e.g. solid and liquid waste, emissions to air, transport); Promoting the design of facilities that are more eco-efficient, which adopt the cleaner production approach, and use environmentally sound technologies, in particular to reduce emissions of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases and ozone-depleting substances, as set out in international agreements; Conserving flora, fauna and ecosystems; Preventing the introduction of alien species as a result of the construction, landscaping and operating of tourism activities, including for example from shipping associated with tourism; Conserving landscapes, cultural and natural heritage; Respecting the integrity of local cultures and avoiding negative effects on social structures, involving, and cooperating with, indigenous and local communities, including measures to ensure respect for sacred sites and customary users of these sites, and to prevent negative impacts on them and on lands and waters traditionally occupied or used by them, as well as on their subsistence resources; Using local products and skills, and providing local employment; Promoting appropriate behaviour by tourists so as to minimize their adverse impacts, and to promote positive effects through education, interpretation, extension, and other means of awareness-raising; Alignment of marketing strategies and messages with the principles of sustainable tourism;

The policy-making, development planning and management process

(m) Contingency plans for handling accidents, emergencies or bankruptcies that may occur during construction and use of facilities and which may threaten the environment and the conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity; (n) Environmental and cultural sustainability audits and review of existing tourism activities and developments and of the effectiveness with which impact management is being applied to existing tourism activities and developments; (o) Mitigation measures for existing impacts, and appropriate funding to support them. Such measures should include development and implementation of compensation measures in cases when tourism has resulted in negative environmental, cultural, and socio-economic effects, taking into consideration the range of redress and compensation measures. 50. Governments, in cooperation with biodiversity managers, those communities that would be affected by the proposals, and other stakeholders, would normally assess the need for impact management in addition to any management measures included in the proposals under consideration. All stakeholders should understand the importance of such impact management. 51. The tourism industry can assist in promoting corporate policies on sustainable tourism and biodiversity, with defined goals, monitoring and reporting their progress publicly on a regular basis.

7. Decision-making 52. Decisions will be made concerning approval or otherwise of, inter alia: (a) National strategies and plans for tourism and biodiversity; (b) Proposals for tourism development and activities at particular locations in relation to biodiversity, which are to be submitted through the notification process; (c) Adequacy of impact management measures in relation to anticipated impacts from tourism development and activities; (d) Adequacy and frequency of monitoring and reporting. 53. Such decisions will ultimately be taken by Governments (or specific authorities designated by Governments). It is recognized, however, that effective consultation with and participation of the communities and groups affected, including specific input from biodiversity managers, and from indigenous and local communities as well as the private sector in a broad sense, is an important foundation of the decision-making process and critical to sustainable development. Decision makers should consider using multi-stakeholder processes as a tool for the decision-making process.

Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development

54. The decision-making process should be transparent, accountable, and apply the precautionary approach. Legal mechanisms should be put in place for notification and approval of tourism development proposals and for ensuring implementation of the conditions of approval of development proposals. 55. For proposals for tourism development and activities at particular locations, the proposers will normally be required to provide the information set out in the notification process. This should apply equally to public-sector development and infrastructure projects, as well as to private-sector development. Impact assessment should be a component of any decision-making process. 56. Measures should be taken to ensure full and timely disclosure of project information concerning tourism development proposals. Consistent with Article 8(j), decision-making should include meaningful consultation with indigenous and local communities affected by projects in order to ensure, inter alia, respect for the customs and traditional knowledge, innovations and practices of indigenous and local communities, and adequate funding and technical support for effective participation. Where the national legal regime requires prior informed consent of indigenous and local communities with respect to decisions identified in paragraph 52, such prior informed consent must be obtained. 57. Decisions should include a review of the adequacy of information available, that could cover, inter alia, baseline information, impact assessment, and information on the proposed tourism development or activity, its nature and size, the type(s) of tourism involved, and information on human settlements and communities that may be affected. 58. In cases where there is not sufficient contextual/baseline information available at the time, or where the overall vision, goals and objectives for tourism and biodiversity have not been developed sufficiently to make a decision, decisions may be deferred pending sufficient information being obtained, and/or completion of overall plans/goals. 59. In making a decision, conditions may be attached to any approvals that may be granted, including conditions regarding management of tourism in relation to avoidance or minimization of adverse impacts on biodiversity, and for appropriate decommissioning of tourism activities should the development cease. Decision makers may also, as appropriate, request further information from a proposer; defer a decision pending further baseline research by other agencies; or refuse a proposal.

The policy-making, development planning and management process

8. Implementation 60. Implementation follows a decision to approve a particular proposal, strategy or plan. Unless otherwise stated, the developer and/or operator will be responsible for complying with the conditions for granting the approval; and, as part of this process, they can also be required to notify the designated government authority of any failures to comply with conditions attached to an approval, including conditions for decommissioning, and/or of any changes in circumstances, including unforeseen environmental conditions and/or biodiversity issues (e.g., detection of rare or endangered species not recorded in the original proposal and impact assessment). 61. Any revisions or changes to an approved project, including additions and/or variations of activities, must be approved by the designated authorities before construction. 62. Implementation plans should recognize that indigenous and local communities and other relevant stakeholders may require assistance as actors in implementation, and should ensure that sufficient resources are available for implementation and for effective participation. 63. Local stakeholders should be given an ongoing opportunity to express their wishes and concerns to those managing tourism facilities and activities. As part of this process, clear and adequate information regarding implementation should be provided for review by the stakeholders, in forms that are accessible and comprehensible to them. 64. Availability of information on policies, programmes, projects, and their implementation, including information on existing and future guidelines, should be ensured and exchange of information fostered, for example, through the clearing house mechanism of the Convention on Biological Diversity.

9. Monitoring and reporting 65. It is necessary to establish a monitoring and control system for the management of tourism activities and biological diversity. Long-term monitoring and assessment are necessary in relation to the impacts of tourism on biodiversity, and will need to take into account the timescale for ecosystem changes to become evident. Some effects may develop quickly, while others may take place more slowly. Long-term monitoring and assessment provide a means for detecting adverse effects that may arise from tourism activities and development in relation to biodiversity, so that action can be taken to control and mitigate such effects.

Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development

66. Monitoring and surveillance in relation to management of tourism and biodiversity includes, inter alia, the following main areas: (a)

Implementation of approved tourism developments or activities, and compliance with any conditions attached when approval was granted, and taking appropriate actions in cases of non-compliance; (b) Impacts of tourism activities on biodiversity and ecosystems, taking appropriate preventative actions as necessary; (c) Impacts of tourism on the surrounding population, especially indigenous and local communities; (d) General tourism activities and trends, including tour operations, tourism facilities, and tourist flows in originating and receiving countries, including progress towards sustainable tourism; (e) Clearly defined objectives, actions and targets for conservation or mitigation of threats to biodiversity, maintenance or restoration of ecosystems and for tourism; (f) Compliance with, and enforcement as necessary, of conditions attached to any approval. Communities and other interested stakeholders may also monitor and report their findings to the designated government authorities. 67. Developers and operators of tourism facilities and activities should be required to report periodically to designated authorities and to the public on compliance with conditions set out in approvals, and on the condition of biodiversity and the environment in relation to the tourism facilities and activities for which they are responsible. 68. Prior to the commencement of any new tourism development or activities, an inclusive monitoring and reporting system should be put in place, with indicators to track how tourism actions are mitigating threats to biodiversity, along with agreed upon quantifiable standards indicating thresholds of acceptable change. These should be developed in conjunction with all key stakeholders including indigenous and local communities. 69. Indicators to cover aspects of management of biodiversity and sustainable tourism, including socio-economic and cultural aspects, should be identified and monitored at global, national, and local levels, and should include, but not be limited to, the following: (a) Conservation of biodiversity; (b) Generation of income and employment from tourism (long-term and short-term); (c) Proportion of tourism income retained in the local community; (d) Effectiveness of multi-stakeholder processes for management of biodiversity and sustainable tourism; (e) Effectiveness of impact management;

The policy-making, development planning and management process

(f) Contribution of tourism to the well-being of the local population; (g) Visitor impacts and visitor satisfaction. 70. Monitoring results depend largely on the appropriate set of data to be collected. Guidelines on how to collect data in a way that can be used to evaluate change over time should be developed. Monitoring could follow a standard process and format, and be based on a framework including parameters on social, economic, environmental and cultural impact. 71. Monitoring and surveillance in relation to biodiversity impacts should include activities undertaken to ensure respect for endangered species under relevant international agreements, prevention of the introduction of alien species as a result of tourism activities, compliance with national rules concerning access to genetic resources, and prevention of illegal and unauthorised removal of genetic resources. 72. In relation to indigenous and local communities, monitoring and evaluation should include development and use of appropriate tools to monitor and evaluate tourism impacts on the economy of indigenous and local communities, particularly their food and health security, traditional knowledge, practices and customary livelihoods. Use of indicators and early warning systems should be developed as appropriate, taking into account traditional knowledge, innovation and practices of indigenous and local communities, and guidelines developed under the Convention on Biological Diversity relating to traditional knowledge. Measures should also be taken to ensure that indigenous and local communities involved in, or affected by tourism, have the opportunity to be involved effectively in monitoring and evaluation. 73. Monitoring of general environmental and biodiversity conditions and trends, as well as tourism trends and impacts, can be undertaken by Governments, including designated biodiversity managers. Management measures may need to be adjusted, as appropriate, where adverse impacts on biodiversity and ecosystems are detected. The need for and nature of such adjustments will be based on the results of monitoring, and it is important for these to be determined in dialogue with all relevant stakeholders, including the developers and/or operators of tourism facilities and activities, communities affected by those facilities and activities, and other interested stakeholders. The monitoring process needs to be multi-stakeholder and transparent.

Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development

10. Adaptive management 74. The ecosystem approach requires adaptive management to deal with the complex and dynamic nature of ecosystems and the absence of complete knowledge or understanding of their functioning. Ecosystem processes are often non-linear, and the outcome of such processes often shows time-lags. The result is discontinuities, leading to surprise and uncertainty. Management must be adaptive in order to be able to respond to such uncertainties and contain elements of “learning-by-doing” or research feedback. Measures may need to be taken even when some cause-and-effect relationships are not yet fully established scientifically2. 75. Ecosystem processes and functions are complex and variable. Their level of uncertainty is increased by the interaction with social constructs, which need to be better understood. Therefore, ecosystem management must involve a learning process, which helps to adapt methodologies and practices to the ways in which these systems are being managed and monitored. Adaptive management should also take the precautionary approach fully into account. 76. Implementation programmes should be designed to adjust to the unexpected, rather than to act on the basis of a belief in certainties. 77. Ecosystem management needs to recognize the diversity of social and cultural factors affecting natural-resource use and sustainability. 78. Similarly, there is a need for flexibility in policy-making and implementation. Long-term, inflexible decisions are likely to be inadequate or even destructive. Ecosystem management should be envisaged as a long-term experiment that builds on its results as it progresses. This ‘learning-bydoing” will also serve as an important source of information to gain knowledge of how best to monitor the results of management and evaluate whether established goals are being attained. In this respect, it would be desirable to establish or strengthen capacities of Parties for monitoring. In addition, adaptive management learning portfolios should be developed between different sites so that comparison can be made and lessons learned. 79. Implementing adaptive management in relation to tourism and biodiversity will require the active cooperation of all stakeholders in tourism, and especially those in the private sector, with biodiversity managers. Impacts on biodiversity at a particular location may require rapid curtailment of visits by tourists to prevent further damage, and to allow for recovery, and in the longer-term, may necessitate an overall reduction in tourist flows. It may be possible for tourists to be redirected to less sensitive areas in such cases.

Monitoring at World Heritage sites should be designed to also incorporate the World Heritage criteria upon which the site was inscribed. The monitoring system should be designed to contribute to the World Heritage periodic reporting structure, aimed at gathering information on the state of conservation of the site.

Notification process and information requirements

In all cases, maintenance of the balance between tourism and biodiversity will require close interaction between tourism managers and biodiversity managers, and appropriate frameworks for management and dialogue are likely to need to be established. 80. Governments, including designated biodiversity managers, in conjunction with all other stakeholders will therefore need to take actions, as appropriate, to address any problems encountered and to keep on track towards agreed goals. This may include changes and additions to conditions set in the original approval, and will require participation of and consultation with the developer and/or operator of the tourism facilities and activities concerned, and with local communities. 81. Adaptive management can also be undertaken by all those who have management control over any specific site, including local governments, indigenous and local communities, the private sector, non-governmental organizations and other organizations. 82. Where necessary, legal frameworks may need to be reviewed and amended to support adaptive management, taking into account experience gained.

C. NOTIFICATION PROCESS AND INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS 83. Proposals for tourism development and activities at particular locations in relation to biodiversity are to be submitted through the notification process. As such, this process provides the link between proposers of tourism activities and development, and the management process steps outlined above. In particular, the notification process makes specific links to the steps in the management process for impact assessment and decision-making and should take into account local, regional and national impacts. Proposers of tourism projects, including government agencies, should provide full and timely advance notice to all stakeholders who may be affected, including indigenous and local communities, of proposed developments. 84. Information to be provided as part of the notification could include: (a)

Scale and types of tourism development or activities proposed, including a summary of the proposed project, why and by whom it is proposed, estimated outcomes and possible impacts, and a description of the stages of development and the various structures and stakeholders that may be involved at each stage; (b) Analysis of market for proposed tourism development or activities, based on market conditions and trends;

Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development

(c)

(d) (e)

(f) (g)

(h)

(i) (j)

(k) (l) (m) (n) (o)

Geographical description including recreation opportunity zones, outlining tourist activities and infrastructure development, and location of the site of tourism development or activities, the identity and any special features of the surrounding environments and biodiversity; Nature and extent of human-resource requirements and plans for their procurement; Identification of various stakeholders involved in or potentially affected by the proposed project - including stakeholders in governmental, non-governmental, and private sectors, and indigenous and local communities - along with details concerning their participation in and/or consultation on the proposed project during its design, planning, construction and operation; The perceived roles of local stakeholders in the proposed development; The various laws and regulations that may be applicable to the specific site, including overviews of existing laws at local, subnational and national levels, of existing uses and customs, of relevant regional and international conventions or agreements and their status, and crossboundary agreements or memoranda or understanding and any proposed legislation; The proximity of the site to human settlements and communities, sites used by people from those settlements and communities as part of their livelihoods and traditional activities, and heritage, cultural or sacred sites; Any flora, fauna and ecosystems that could be affected by the tourism development or activities, including keystone, rare, endangered or endemic species; Ecological aspects of the site and its surroundings, including indication of any protected areas; specifications on the ecosystems, habitats, and species; quantitative and qualitative information on the loss of habitats and species (main reasons, trends), and indexing of species; Training and supervision of personnel carrying out the tourism development or activities; Likelihood of impacts beyond the immediate area of the tourism development or activities, including transboundary impacts and effects on migratory species; A description of current environmental and socio-economic conditions; Expected changes to environmental and socio-economic conditions as a result of the tourism development or activities; Proposed management measures to avoid or minimize adverse impacts from the tourism development or activities, including verification of their functioning;

Education, capacity-building and awareness-raising

(p) Proposed measures for mitigation, decommissioning and compensation in the event of problems arising with the tourism development or activities; (q) Proposed measures to maximize the local benefits of the tourism development or activities on surrounding human settlements and communities, biodiversity and ecosystems, which may include, but are not limited to: (i) Using local products and skills; (ii) Employment; (iii) Restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems; (r) Relevant information from any previous tourism development or activities in the region, and information on possible cumulative effects; (s) Relevant information from any previous tourism development or activities by the proposer. 85. Categories of responses that Governments may wish to consider making in response to notification of proposals for, and requests for permission to undertake, tourism development, include, inter alia: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

Approval without conditions; Approval with conditions; Request for further information; Deferral pending further baseline research by other agencies; Refusal of the proposal.

D. EDUCATION, CAPACITY-BUILDING AND AWARENESS-RAISING 86. Education and awareness-raising campaigns need to be addressed to both the professional sectors and the general public and should inform them about the impacts of tourism on biological diversity, and good practices in this area. The private sector, and, especially, tour operators, could provide information more widely to their clientsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;the touristsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;about tourism and biodiversity issues, and encourage them to conserve, and avoid adverse impact on, biodiversity and cultural heritage to respect national legislation of the visited country, as well as traditions of indigenous and local communities of that country, and to support actions in conformity with the present Guidelines. 87. Awareness campaigns explaining the link between cultural diversity and biological diversity will need to be tailored for various audiences, particularly stakeholders including consumers of tourism, developers and tourism operators.

Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development

88. Education and awareness-raising is required at all levels of government. This should include processes for increasing mutual understanding between relevant ministries, including joint and innovative approaches for dealing with tourism and environmental issues. 89. Awareness should also be increased within and outside government that vulnerable ecosystems and habitats are often located within lands and waters occupied or used by indigenous and local communities. 90. The tourism sector as a whole, along with tourists should be encouraged to minimize any negative impacts and maximize positive impacts on biodiversity and local cultures associated with their consumption choices and behaviour, for example through voluntary initiatives. 91. It is also important to raise awareness within the academic sector responsible for training and research on issues regarding the interaction between biological diversity and sustainable tourism, of the role that they can play concerning public education, capacity-building and awareness-raising on these issues. 92. Capacity-building activities should aim to develop and strengthen the capacities of Governments and all stakeholders to facilitate the effective implementation of the present Guidelines, and may be necessary at local, national, regional and international levels. 93. Capacity-building activities can be identified through the adaptive management process and can include strengthening human resources and institutional capacities, the transfer of know-how, the development of appropriate facilities, and training in relation to biological diversity and sustainable tourism issues, and in impact assessment and impact management techniques. 94. Such activities should include ensuring that local communities are equipped with the necessary decision-making abilities, skills and knowledge in advance of future tourist in-flows, as well as with relevant capacity and training regarding tourism services and environmental protection. 95. Capacity-building activities should include, but not be limited to: (a)

Capacity-building and training to assist all stakeholders, including Governments, and indigenous and local communities, in accessing, analysing and interpreting baseline information, undertaking impact assessments and evaluations, impact management, decision-making, monitoring and adaptive management;

Education, capacity-building and awareness-raising

(b) Development or strengthening of mechanisms for impact assessment with the participation of all stakeholders, including for the approval of the approach, content and scope of impact assessment; (c) Establishment of multi-stakeholder processes involving government departments, tourism sector, non-governmental organizations, indigenous and local communities and other stakeholders; (d) Training of tourism professionals in conservation and biodiversity issues. 96. Information exchange and collaboration regarding sustainable tourism implementation through networking and partnerships between all stakeholders affected by, or involved in tourism, including the private sector, should be encouraged.

Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development

Tourism is one of the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s fastest growing industries. It also a source of increasing stress on fragile ecosystems. Its social, economic and environmental impacts are immense and complex, not least because tourism concentrates on vulnerable natural and cultural sites. The challenge is therefore to ensure that tourism is developed in harmony with environmental considerations. The CBD Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development are a comprehensive instrument developed within the framework of the Convention on Biological Diversity to achieve more sustainable tourism development. They are conceived as a practical tool providing technical guidance to policy makers, decision makers and managers with responsibilities covering tourism and/or biodiversity, whether in national or local government, the private sector, indigenous and local communities, nongovernmental organizations and other organizations, on ways of working together with key stakeholders involved in tourism and biodiversity. More information on the guidelines may be obtained from the national focal points for the Convention, or the Convention Secretariat. Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity 393 Saint-Jacques, Suite 300 Montreal, QC, H2Y 1N9 CANADA Tel.: +1 (514) 288-2220 Fax: +1 (514) 288-6588 Email: secretariat@biodiv.org www.biodiv.org

This publication was printed with funding from the Government of Germany

organization that serves as a global forum for tourism policy and issues. Its Members include 161 countries and territories as well as over 400 Affiliate Members from the public and private sectors. UNWTO’s mission is to promote and develop tourism as a significant means of fostering international peace and understanding, economic development and international trade.

www.UNWTO.org

Portada UNWTO Background climatev2.indd 1

From Davos to Copenhagen and Beyond: Advancing Tourism’s Response to Climate Change – UNWTO Background Paper

The World Tourism Organization (UNWTO) is the only intergovernmental

From Davos to Copenhagen and Beyond: Advancing Tourism’s Response to Climate Change UNWTO Background Paper

9/12/09 11:04:08

Acknowledgements Concept and supervision Luigi Cabrini (UNWTO) Consultants Dr. Murray Simpson (University of Oxford, UK) Dr. Daniel Scott (University of Waterloo, Canada) Review Eugenio Yunis, Zoritsa Urosevic, Sofia Gutierrez, Philippe Lemaistre and Alejandro Calvente (UNWTO)

From Davos to Copenhagen and beyond: advancing tourism’s response to climate change UNWTO Background Paper

Table of Contents Executive Summary ......................................................................................................................................2 1. Introduction ......................................................................................................................................4 1.1 Tourism and Climate Change .....................................................................................................4 1.2 The United Nations and climate change ...................................................................................7 2. Agreements on GHG emissions reductions and their impact on tourism ........................................8 3. UNWTO responses to climate change ............................................................................................10 4. Capacity building and awareness raising events organised and supported by UNWTO ................13 5. The response of Governments and the private sector to the challenges that climate change poses to Tourism ................................................................................................................................15 6. Conclusions ......................................................................................................................................17 References ..................................................................................................................................................18 Annex I ........................................................................................................................................................23

Executive Summary Tourism and travel is a vital contributor to the global economy and especially important for many developing countries. Tourism is an effective way of redistributing wealth and a catalyst for gender equality, cultural preservation and nature conservation. As a result, the sector is also contributing to the UN Millennium Development Goals. Climate change is one of the most serious threats to society, the economy and the environment and has been an issue of international concern for decades. The Inter‐Governmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) has reported that warming of the global climate system is “unequivocal” and that it is “very likely” that anthropogenic (human‐made) greenhouse gases (GHG) have caused most of the observed global temperature rise since the middle of the 20th Century. Ambitious emissions reduction targets for developed countries and an effective framework that addresses the needs of developing countries are required. As climate defines the length and quality of tourism seasons, affects tourism operations, and influences environmental conditions that both attract and deter visitors, the sector is considered to be highly‐climate sensitive. The effects of a changing climate will have considerable impacts on tourism and travel businesses. In some parts of the world, these impacts are increasingly becoming evident. The Caribbean, Small Island Developing States, Southeast Asia and Africa are the tourism regions thought to be most at risk. Climate change adaptation, by the travel and tourism sector, will ensure that individuals, communities and nations continue to receive the benefits of tourism. Tourism and travel is also a vector of climate change, accounting for approximately five per cent of global carbon dioxide emissions. By 2035, under a “business as usual” scenario, carbon dioxide emissions from global tourism are projected to increase by 130 per cent. Most of the increase is attributed to air travel but the tourism sector has pledged to substantially reduce emissions. As tourism is so important to poverty reduction and economic development in developing nations, any policies aimed at mitigating and reducing greenhouse gas emissions should be formulated and implemented in a considered way in order not to disadvantage these countries. The transportation sector, so fundamental to tourism, will form a critical aspect of national and international mitigation policy negotiations. Any strong global emission policy for aviation would have considerable consequences for destinations depending on tourism and travel. UNWTO has called for preferential treatment for air services that support the development of tourism in the least developed countries. UNWTO has been working to raise awareness on climate change issues in the tourism sector for many years and much has been done. In Tunisia in 2003, the first International Conference on Climate Change and Tourism was organised by UNWTO and several other United Nations agencies. The conference resulted in the Djerba Declaration on Climate Change and Tourism, which highlighted the obligation of the tourism industry to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions and recognized the two‐ way relationship between tourism and climate change. A second International Conference on Climate Change and Tourism was held in Davos, Switzerland in 2007. The Davos Declaration included firm recommendations and a clear commitment for action to respond to the climate change challenge including the urgent adoption of a range of sustainable tourism policies. UNWTO is leading by example and has calculated the greenhouse gas emissions generated by its own operations since 2008 and intends to compensate them in order to achieve climate‐neutrality.

Reducing emissions is important for the long‐term, however the tourism and travel sector also needs to adapt to the impacts of climate change in the short‐ and medium‐term. Across destinations and locations the quality, quantity and accuracy of climate projection data varies. This could limit or affect how nations, especially developing countries, adapt to climate change. The WMO, in collaboration with UNWTO, established an Expert Team on Climate and Tourism. Their role was to improve the application of information in the tourism sector. In 2007, UNWTO launched a Climate and Tourism Information Exchange Service to enable tourism stakeholders access to research and data. The organization has developed and disseminated technical publications addressing climate change impacts and adaptation responses. The most important of these are “Climate Change and Tourism ‐ Responding to Global Challenges” in support of the Davos Declaration, and “Climate Change Adaptation and Mitigation in the Tourism Sector: Frameworks, Tools and Practices” in coordination with the University of Oxford, the WMO, and UNEP released in 2008. The private sector is also important in addressing the challenges climate change poses for tourism and travel. They have an important role, along with non‐governmental organisations, in encouraging governments to develop and implement regulatory policies and offer economic incentives. In June 2008, CEOs representing every industrial sector across the world, submitted a set of recommendations to the G8 leaders for inclusion within a post‐Kyoto climate framework. In March 2009, a World Economic Forum Task Force on Low‐Carbon Prosperity was launched partly in response to the recommendations from the CEOs and also to consider how they should be implemented. An ambitious vision for tackling greenhouse gas emissions, including a commitment to cut by half carbon emission levels of 2005 by 2035, was proposed by the World Travel and Tourism Council (WTTC) in 2009. To achieve this, WTTC recognised that partnerships can play an important role. The issue of climate change is now firmly entrenched in the global agenda and critical negotiations for a greenhouse gas emissions framework continue. The tourism and travel sector must address the climate change issue and UNWTO has embraced the challenge of responding by establishing collaborative partnerships, raising awareness, developing guidance and providing support. The time is right for all those involved to forge ahead. Any further delay in action will result in consequences for the tourism industry and the people who depend upon the sector.

1. Introduction 1.1. Tourism and Climate Change Tourism and travel is one of the largest global economic sectors and is a significant contributor to many national and local economies around the world. In 2008, there were 922 million international tourist arrivals with tourism receipts of US$944 billioni. It is estimated that the global travel and tourism industry contributed 9.6 per cent of global Gross Domestic Product (GDP) and 7.9 per cent of worldwide employment in 2008ii. However, tourism demand has slowed substantially over the last year as a result of the global economic crisis. International tourism and travel is a vital contributor to the economy of many developing countries. Between 1995 and 2007, tourism and travel in emerging and developing markets grew at twice the rate of industrialized countriesiii. Tourism and travel is a primary source of foreign exchange earnings in 46 out of 50 of the world’s LDCsiv. With international tourist arrivals projected to reach 1.6 billion by 2020v, tourism will continue to have an important role in contributing to the UN Millennium Development Goals, particularly the alleviation of poverty in developing countries. Climate change is thought to be one of the most serious threats to society, the economy and the environment (Box 1). Box 1: Climate change and the Inter‐Governmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) In 2007, the Inter‐Governmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) reported that warming of the global climate system is “unequivocal” and that it is “very likely” that anthropogenic (human‐made) greenhouse gases (GHG) have caused most of the observed global temperature rise since the middle of the 20th Centuryvi. The IPCC also emphasized that human‐induced climate change has only just begun and that the pace of climate change is “very likely” to accelerate. Depending on future GHG emission trajectories, the IPCC predicts that global average surface temperatures will increase between 1.8oC – 4.0oC by 2100vii. The environmental and economic risks of the magnitude of climate change projected for the 21st century are considerable and have featured prominently in recent international policy debatesviii. The IPCCix concluded, with very high confidence, that climate change would impede the ability of many developing nations to make progress on sustainable development by mid‐century and become a security risk that would steadily intensify, particularly under greater warming scenarios. The Stern Review similarly concluded that the costs of taking action to reduce GHG emissions now would be much smaller than the costs of economic and social disruption resulting from inaction on climate change. While additional warming cannot be avoided, future temperature increases will heavily depend on global emission pathways over the next four decades. At the 15th Conference of the Parties in Copenhagen, the international community will attempt to negotiate a new climate change agreement that would ensure that global temperature increase does not exceed 2°C, a level of warming considered by many scientists and over 100 nationsx, including the G8, to represent “dangerous interference with the climate system” as outlined in the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC)xi. With its close relationship to the environment and climate, tourism and travel is considered to be a highly climate‐sensitive economic sectorxii. Tourism destinations and tourism operators are affected by climate variability in a number of ways (Box 2). 4

Box 2: The effect of climate variability on tourism destinations and operators Climate defines the length and quality of tourism seasons (e.g. winter sports) in different regions. Some tourism destinations are climate‐dependent; since climate is the principal resource upon which the tourism industry is based (e.g. many tropical small island developing states). Climate directly affects various facets of tourism operations (e.g. water supply and quality, heating‐cooling costs, snowmaking requirements, irrigation needs, pest management, evacuations and temporary closures) that affect profitability. Moreover, a wide range of the environmental resources that are critical attractions for tourism in many destinations are sensitive to climate variability, such as wildlife and biodiversity, water levels and quality, and snow conditions and glacier extent. Climate also influences environmental conditions that can deter tourists, including infectious diseases, wildfires, algal blooms, insect or water‐borne pests (e.g. jellyfish), and extreme events such as hurricanes, floods or heat waves. Climate is also a crucial determinant of tourist decision‐making. Seasonal climate fluctuations at tourism destinations and at major outbound markets are key drivers of tourism demand at global and regional scales. Weather is an intrinsic component of the travel experience and also influences tourist spending and holiday satisfaction. As a consequence, the integrated effects of climate change are anticipated to have far‐reaching impacts on tourism and travel businesses and destinations. Indeed, climate change is not some distant, future threat to tourism and travel, as the varied impacts of climate change are increasingly becoming evident in various destinations around the world and affecting the tourism and travel industry and the communities who depend upon it. Climate change is also already altering the decisions of travellers in terms of the destinations they choose and the timing of their trips. Climate change will result in both negative and positive impacts for the tourism and travel sector and its impacts will vary substantially by geographic region and sectorxiii. There are four broad pathways by which climate change will affect the global tourism and travel sectorxiv: a.) Direct climate impacts: Changes in the length and quality of climate‐dependent tourism seasons (i.e. sun‐and‐sea or winter sports holidays) could have considerable implications for competitive relationships between destinations and intra‐regional tourism flows. Other impacts will include increased infrastructure damage, additional emergency preparedness requirements, higher operating expenses (e.g. insurance, backup water and power systems, and evacuations), and business interruptions. Similarly, key cultural heritage assets that are also important attractions for tourists are also increasingly threatened by extreme climatic events and projected climate change. b.) Indirect environmental change impacts: Tourism is often based on a high quality natural environment. Changes in water availability, biodiversity loss, reduced landscape aesthetic, altered agricultural production (e.g. wine tourism), increased natural hazards, coastal erosion and inundation, damage to infrastructure and the increasing incidence of vector‐borne diseases will all impact tourism to varying degrees. In contrast to the varied impacts of a changed climate on tourism, the indirect effects of climate induced environmental change are likely to be largely negative. Mountain, island, and coastal destinations are considered particularly sensitive to climate‐induced environmental change, as are nature‐based tourism 5

market segmentsxv. Visitors may be deterred from visiting if the quality of the attractions decreases markedly. c.) Impacts of mitigation policies on tourism mobility: As will be discussed in more detail later, national or international policies to reduce GHG emissions will potentially impact tourism flows by causing an increase in transport costs and fostering environmental attitudes that lead tourists to change their travel patterns (e.g. shift transport mode or destination choices)xvi. d.) Indirect societal change impacts: The impacts of, and adapting to, climate change will have an economic cost. If not tackled, climate change may also threaten future economic growth and even the political stability of some nationsxvii. Any reduction of global GDP due to climate change would have negative implications for anticipated future growth in tourism. Tourists are averse to political instability and social unrest, and there would be negative repercussions for tourism in the climate change security hotspots. The tourism and travel sector is characterized by considerable diversity and consequently, there are extensive differences in the nature of climate sensitivities and adaptive capacities of tourism and travel operators and destinations. Furthermore, the implications of climate change for any tourism business or destination will also partially depend on the impacts on its competitors, with a negative impact in one part of the tourism system constituting an opportunity elsewhere. Assessments by different groups of international expertsxviii have consistently identified developing nations in the Caribbean, Small Island Developing States (SIDS), Southeast Asia, and Africa as the most at‐risk tourism destinations, because of their high exposure to multiple climate change impacts that will affect key tourism products, distance to major markets (long‐haul travel greater than five hours) and consequent exposure to increasingly stringent emissions policy on aviation, lower overall adaptive capacity, limited domestic markets and a high economic dependency on international tourism and travel. Regardless of their relative vulnerability to climate change, all tourism and travel businesses and destinations will need to adapt to climate change in order to minimize associated risks or capitalize upon new opportunities, in an economically, socially and environmentally sustainable mannerxix. Considering that the large information requirements, policy changes and investments required for effective adaptation by tourism and travel destinations will require decades to implement in some cases, the process of adaptation must commence now for destinations anticipated to be among those impacted by mid‐ centuryxx. With their high capacity to adapt to the effects of climate change by substituting the place, timing and type of holidays in their travel decision‐making, tourists will play a pivotal role in the eventual impacts of climate change on the tourism and travel industry and destinations. Tourists are also increasingly willing to pay a premium for sustainability or environmentally‐friendly practices and operators are responding with new products and servicesxxi. Tourism and travel also contributes to climate change through the emission of GHG. Tourism and travel accounts for approximately five per cent of global carbon dioxide emissionsxxii. The transport of tourists to and within destinations accounts for 75 per cent of all carbon dioxide emissions by the tourism sector, with air travel making up about 40 per cent of the totalxxiii. It has also been predicted that, under a “business as usual” scenario, carbon dioxide emissions from the global tourism sector will increase by 130 per cent by 2035xxiv. Most of this growth was attributed to air travel. This projected growth in emissions from tourism is inconsistent with the deep emission reductions needed to address climate change; the pledge of the tourism sector to substantially reduce emissions in the decades ahead is discussed below.

1.2. The United Nations and climate change A crucial interdependence exists between the climate, the environment, tourism and communitiesxxv. In the year 2000, world leaders gathered in New York to adopt the United Nations Millennium Declaration which committed them to a series of time‐bound targets with a deadline of 2015. These development objectives, with an overall focus on reducing extreme poverty, became known as the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs). The world’s poorest people are the most vulnerable to the impacts of climate change such as floods, water shortages and changes in biodiversity. Countries that are perhaps least prepared to deal with the effects are already suffering the more serious impacts of climate change. However, tourism is one of the best known ways of redistributing wealth from rich nations to poor nations and from urban areas to rural areas. It is also an effective catalyst for gender equality, cultural preservation and nature conservation. As a result of the economic and social benefits of tourism, the sector is increasingly being promoted as contributing to, and being a vital element in, the alleviation of poverty in Least Developed Countries as one of the UN Millennium Development Goals. In addition, tourism and travel also contributes to the environmental sustainability and gender equality goals. As a result, in 2002, UNWTO launched a programme on Sustainable Tourism ‐ Eliminating Poverty (ST‐EP). UNWTO have also adopted the strapline: “committed to tourism, travel and the Millennium Development Goals”. The issue of climate change has been of international concern for several decades. In 1992, the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) was adopted as the basis for a global response to the issue (Box 3). Box 3: Kyoto Protocol and carbon dioxide emission reductions The first phase of the Kyoto Protocol expires in 2012. The IPCC suggests that if carbon dioxide emissions decline by 50 to 85 per cent of 2000 emissions by 2050, global warming by the end of the century is likely to remain between 2.0‐2.4°C. International business organizations such as the World Economic Forumxxvi and the Copenhagen Climate Councilxxvii have endorsed the IPCC’s recommendation. The leaders of the G8xxviii also endorsed an emission reduction target of ‐50% by 2050, but could not agree on a baseline of 1990 or 2005. The global climate policy negotiations continue to provide clarity on some fundamentally important issues such as ambitious emission reduction targets for developed countries and an effective institutional framework with governance structures that address the needs of developing countriesxxix. It is hoped that the discussions will result in an ambitious, but fair, climate change deal. Governments from around the world will be seeking agreement on a long‐term goal for greenhouse gas emissions reduction; action on the mitigation of climate change; adaptation to the effects of climate change; technology development and transfer to support mitigation and adaptation; and providing financial resources and investment to support mitigation and adaptation (especially in the Least Developed Countries). The United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) has launched a Green Economy Initiative which aims to revive the global economy and boost employment, whilst simultaneously accelerating the fight against climate change, environmental degradation and poverty. Within the Green Economy Initiative report, UNWTO and UNEP will jointly produce a chapter and a series of background papers 7

devoted to how investment in sustainable tourism and travel solutions can contribute to sustainable development and to a green economy.

2. Agreements on Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions reductions and their impact on tourism Action to reduce current levels of greenhouse emissions will not only minimise the threat of climate change but will also provide an opportunity to develop a sustainable global economy. Any mitigation policies should be developed and implemented in a considered way so as not to negatively disadvantage the least developed countries and the tourism industry contributing to poverty reduction and economic development. The tourism and travel community must be fully engaged in, and supportive of this process. There are also a number of mechanisms that could be used for addressing greenhouse gas emissions including: • Reducing energy use. This should be the starting point and is the most essential aspect of mitigation. It could be achieved through a shift in transport use or changing management practices. • Improving energy efficiency. Technological developments will help reduce emissions from, for example, aviation as it may reduce fuel use and improve aircraft performance. • Increasing the use of renewable energy. This is an area that, with the right investment, could be very applicable to tourism especially solar panels, water recycling or passive heating‐cooling. • Sequestering carbon through sinks (often forestry schemes) and the use of carbon compensation or offsetting (Box 4). These schemes are currently voluntary and UNEP has suggested that are unlikely to have a major impact on the reduction of aviation greenhouse gas emissionsxxx. Box 4: Carbon Offsetting There is a growing number of not‐for profit organisations that offer travellers the opportunity to compensate, through additional payment, for the emissions produced as a result of flights undertaken. Flight calculators are used to make assessment of emissions generated by a flight between two airports. The money is then re‐invested in a renewable energy projects all located in developing countriesxxxi. As many of the schemes are voluntary, there is confusion among tourists about the various approachesxxxii. The UNFCCC has introduced a Gold Standard Certified Emission Reductions to ensure that the projects certified do at least have sustainable development benefits. Addressing GHG emissions from the transportation sector is a critical aspect of national and international mitigation policy negotiationsxxxiii. Consequently, it is anticipated that climate change mitigation policy will have both near‐term and long‐term implications for the costs of transportation that are fundamental to tourism (automobile, air travel, and cruise ships in particular)xxxiv. International aviation is critical to tourism with 52 per cent of travellers reaching their destination by airxxxv. As indicated, it is also the dominant contributor to GHG emissions from travel and tourism (40 per cent of the industry’s carbon dioxide emissions)xxxvi. Currently international aviation emissions are excluded from the Kyoto targets. Nonetheless, Article 2, paragraph 2 of the Protocol does say that Annex 1 Partiesxxxvii (industrialised countries) are committed to pursue limitation or reduction of GHG emissions. So whilst there may not be specific, measurable targets, there is already a requirement for

industrialised nations to implement measures to reduce emissions. Within Europe, the Emissions Trading Scheme (ETS), which has been operational since 2005, will begin to include air carrier operations to, from and within Europe in 2012. A number of studies have examined the potential impact of a range of aviation sector‐targeted climate policies on the future of international tourism. There is no evidence to suggest that climate policies or international aviation industry initiatives, as currently proposed, would have any substantial impact on the growth of tourist arrivals through 2020xxxviii. Even with, for example, ticket price increases, many people will still want or need to travel and as tourism is such an important economic sector, especially for developing countries, operators will try to encourage tourism even with industry climate policies. There has been considerable dialogue on future policy frameworks to manage emission reductions in the transportation sector.xxxix The role the International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO) has in providing leadership on reducing greenhouse gas emissions within the aviation sector resulted in the formation of the Group on International Aviation and Climate Change (GIACC)xl. The treatment of greenhouse gas emissions from international aviation is one of the most contentious issues within the UNFCCC process. The GIACC have adopted the aspirational goal of annual improvements in fuel efficiency of 2 per cent up to the year 2050 and also developed a Programme of Action that includes strategies to achieve reductions in emissions. In February 2009, the ICAO organised an international Workshop on Aviation and Alternative Fuels. There was general agreement that alternative fuels can be a win‐win solution for reducing aviation’s dependence on fossil fuels and a key element to help reduce the impact on climate change. It was also suggested that the adoption of alternative fuels by the aviation industry may be simpler than in other sectors due to the relatively small number of fuelling locations. Various blends of alternative fuels have been tested and progress is being made in development. The International Road Transport Union (IRU) represents the passenger and goods road transport industry. In November 2009, the IRU adopted the “30‐by‐30” resolution, which includes a voluntary commitment by the road transport industry to reduce its CO2 emissions by 30 per cent by 2030 (with a base year of 2007)xli. The IRU is also promoting the change from dependence on fossil fuels to also using alternative energy and fuel sources. Whilst not a big contributor to tourism directly, the international shipping industry is responsible for transporting about 90 per cent of world tradexlii. For over 50 years, the UN International Maritime Organisation (IMO) has provided the global regulatory framework within which the shipping industry operates. Whilst it is already the most carbon efficient mode of commercial transport, the sector is committed to reduce their GHG emissions. However, shipping companies can choose the ‘flag state’ in which to register their vessels and emissions cannot be attributed to any particular national economyxliii. As a result, multilateral cooperation is required.

Box 5: Funding for adaptation A number of proposals also focus on funding for adaptation. Many less developed countries which rely on international tourism as a significant contributor to their economy have voiced concern over the potential of future aviation emission policy to negatively affect their tourism industry. The Group of Least Developed Countries proposed the International Air Passenger Adaptation Levy (IAPAL) within the Bali Action Plan in 2008, which would generate an estimated US$ 8 billion per year for the Adaptation Fund within the UNFCCC. The Aviation Global Deal Groupxliv have a similar proposal that the aviation sector would meet the requirement of ‘common but differentiated responsibilities’ in the UNFCCC by using the revenues generated through the auctioning of emission allowances in the global aviation sector (estimated to be in the order of US$ 1.5 to 5.0 billion per year) for climate change initiatives in developing countries. If either proposal were implemented, then the tourism sector would become the world’s largest funder of climate change adaptation in developing countries. Clearly, any global emission policy for aviation and other transport sectors would have considerable consequences for destinations depending on tourism and travel, including, for instance, many small island developing states. Tourism and travel ‐related mitigation initiatives must mediate between the conflicting objectives of the need to reduce contribution to global warming whilst not adversely impacting tourism’s role in sustainable development and poverty alleviationxlv. UNWTO has called for preferential treatment for air services that support the development of tourism in the least developed countriesxlvi. All countries and those within the tourism industry should be encouraged, regardless of economic status, to work with the COP 15 process to ensure that poverty and promoting the development of tourism‐dependent poorer nations are also considered. In 2007, UNWTO suggested it would be possible to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from air transport without affecting the socio‐economic benefits tourism providesxlvii. This is also dependent to some extent on behaviour change with tourists being encouraged to reduce the number of shorter trips they take. However, constraints on leisure time within Europe are actually leading people to go on more, but shorter visitsxlviii. Developing alternative modes of short haul transport is one approach that could be implemented without reducing the number of visitors.

3. UNWTO responses to climate change The Secretary General of the United Nations has been tasked with developing a global response to the challenge of climate change, coherent with the Millennium Development Goals. As a result, the United Nations has, for many years, been developing a framework designed to establish a long‐term post‐Kyoto roadmap, which includes targeted milestones. The tourism and travel sector, given its hugely important economic and social value, its role in sustainable development and its relationship with climate, has a significant role to play in the UN’s overall framework. UNWTO has been studying the issue for many years as part of its contribution to sustainable development and the Millennium Development Goals. UNWTO is actively working to raise awareness on climate change issues in the tourism sector and on integrating tourism into the United Nations and other international policy processes on climate change.

UNWTO recognises that the tourism and travel sector needs to adapt to the changing climate and to changes that will continue for the foreseeable future to ensure individuals, communities and nations continue to receive the benefits of tourism including sustainable development in the least developed countries (Box 6). However, UNWTO is also fully aware that tourism needs to reach some consensus on measures to be adopted with regards to mitigating greenhouse gas emissions and other environmental impacts. Box 6: First International Conference on Climate Change and Tourism, 2003 In April 2003, UNWTO, together with several other United Nations agencies, convened the first International Conference on Climate Change and Tourism in Tunisia. The resulting Djerba Declaration on Climate Change and Tourismxlix signified the importance of climate change for the sustainability of the global tourism industry, urged the formulation of appropriate adaptation plans, recognized the two‐way relationship between tourism and climate change, and highlighted the obligation of the tourism industry (including transport companies, hoteliers, tour operators, travel agents and tourist guides, and consumers) to reduce their GHG emissions and subscribe to all relevant intergovernmental and multilateral agreements to mitigate climate change. The conference was pivotal in highlighting the issue of climate change within the tourism and travel sector and sought to raise awareness and strengthen collaboration between public and private sector players. Since that first conference, the complex relationship between the tourism and travel sector and climate change has increasingly been studied. As a result, in 2007, UNWTO, together with the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) and the World Meteorological Organisation (WMO) with the support of the World Economic Forum, organised the Second International Conference on Climate Change and Tourism in Davos, Switzerland. The multi‐stakeholder event attracted more than 400 participants from over 80 countries, representing the public and private sector, academia and civil society. Stakeholders and interested parties were reunited to review developments and incorporate increasing global awareness and market place reality into revised guidance. The outcome of the conference was the Davos Declaration (Annex I). The Declaration not only acknowledged the reality of climate change and the interrelationship with tourism and travel but also that a long‐term strategy is required to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from within the sector. The Declaration outlines firm recommendations and a clear commitment for action, by the key interest groups involved in tourism, to respond to the climate change challenge. It called for the urgent adoption of a range of sustainable tourism policies and also provides global guidance on the issue. The goals included within the Declaration are not only achievable but provide a link to the interrelated poverty agenda. Four key areas that will require action were agreed upon: • Mitigate greenhouse gas emissions from the tourism sector (especially from transport and accommodation activities) • Adapt tourism businesses and destinations to changing climate conditions • Apply existing and new technologies to improve energy efficiency • Secure financial resources to assist poorer regions and countries. 11

Box 7: UNWTO events following Davos Following Davos, UNWTO, in partnership with the World Travel Market (WTM), held a one day Ministers’ Summit in London where Ministers were given the opportunity to discuss and endorse the Davos Declaration. The participants at the summit urged all tourism and travel stakeholders to follow the recommendations of the Davos Declaration which was also discussed and endorsed at the UNWTO General Assembly held in Cartagena de Indias, Colombia in November 2007. Each year, UNWTO organise a World Tourism Day on 27 September. The theme for 2008 was “Tourism – responding to the challenge of climate change”. The aim was to promote the Davos Declaration and engage tourism stakeholders to adapt, to mitigate and use new technology and to secure financing for the poorest countriesl. During the conference in Davos, and in the subsequent discussions, one of the main points reiterated was that special consideration should be given to the least developed countries and small island developing states in the provision of financial, technical and training support to tourism destinations and operators. However, UNWTO cannot tackle climate change and tourism issues in isolation. A side event at the UNFCCC COP 13 in Bali (2007), where the Davos Declaration Process was presented, aimed to integrate UNWTO efforts into the overall United Nations system response to climate change and to enhance collaboration and partnerships with related sectors. UNWTO will also continue to lead initiatives that contribute to the overall UN effort to develop a common framework in tackling climate change. Box 8 includes a timetable of selected climate change and tourism initiatives. In the build‐up to Copenhagen, UNWTO and partner organizations markedly increased their effort on the climate change and tourism issue. UNWTO Secretary General attended the UN Leadership Summit on Climate Change on 22 September 2009 in New York, delivering a “UNWTO Climate Commitment” message. “Sustainable tourism and travel is important for all countries and pivotal for the world’s poorest states. It provides jobs, trade and development. It must be a pillar of the Green Economy with the active engagement of all tourism stakeholders. The World Tourism Organization is committed to working across the industry, both in the public and private domains, to advance a coherent response to Climate and Development imperatives, placing businesses at the heart of the transformation to a low carbon economy.” UNWTO made a strong commitment to support the Seal the Deal! campaign and lobby for a fair, balanced and effective agreement in Copenhagen which will power green growth and help protect our planet, by involving tourism and travel sectors leaders in the call for an effective agreement on reducing emissions.

Box 8: Timeline of Selected Climate Change and Tourism Initiatives UNWTO is also aware of the importance of leading by example and will pursue its efforts in reducing its own emissions by raising‐awareness among its staff, encouraging more efficient travel, investing in energy‐efficient material, etc. In addition, in the framework of the “greening the UN” initiative, the Organization has calculated the GHG emissions generated by its own operations since 2008 and intends to compensate them in order to achieve climate‐neutrality.

4. Capacity building and awareness raising events organised and supported by UNWTO Whilst reducing carbon dioxide and other GHG emissions will help in the long term, there is also a pressing need for the tourism and travel sector to adapt to the expected impacts from climate changeli. However, meteorological and climate projection data do not always adequately represent the conditions experienced in the variety of tourism destinations and locations. This could limit adaptation especially in developing nationslii. Governments play a significant role in the provision of climate information, as it is often perceived as an “economic public good,” but this may just be essential observation data. There is an increasing demand for accurate, detailed climate information to allow tourism businesses to minimise the risks and capitalise on any new opportunitiesliii (Box 9).

Box 9: Expert Team on Climate and Tourism In 2006, the WMO in collaboration with UNWTO established an Expert Team on Climate and Tourism with the purpose to improve the application of weather and climate information in the tourism sector. In preparation for World Climate Conference 3 (Sept 2009), the WMO and UNWTO commissioned a report to investigate the provision and use of climate information within the tourism sector. The report discovered that private sector climate providers have been particularly proactive in developing and using emerging communication technology to deliver specialised, targeted information. In comparison, many tourism operators provide limited climatic information to potential travellers other than maybe average monthly temperatures or precipitation. The final report on “Weather and Climate Information for Tourism” included a series of recommendations aimed at improving the provision and use of climate information that will require collaboration between research communities, government tourism authorities and the tourism industryliv. In 2007, UNWTO launched a Climate and Tourism Information Exchange Service. It was created as a repository for information and as a display for data, studies, policy papers, videos and other material related to tourism and climate change, that would facilitate tourism stakeholders working together to develop coordinated approaches to tackling mitigation and adaptation. The organization has developed and disseminated technical publications addressing climate change impacts and adaptation responses. The most relevant is “Climate Change and Tourism ‐ Responding to Global Challenges”. This report, commissioned by UNWTO, UNEP and WMO, was initially developed as background information for the Tourism and Climate Change Conference in Davos, Switzerland. It provides a detailed and comprehensive synthesis of the state of knowledge about current and future predicted impacts of climate change on global tourism. The report acknowledges that climate change will become an increasingly pivotal issue affecting tourism development and management. An overview of policy and management responses for dealing with the predicted impacts is also provided. The report, aimed at those with the responsibility to develop mitigation and adaptation strategies for the tourism sector, is available, together with other reports on climate change and tourism, in the UNWTO web page. UNWTO has assisted countries through their National Tourism Administrations to access the GEF Special Climate Change Fund by approaching other multi‐ and bilateral funding sources and private sector organizations in order to secure co‐financing. For example, a pilot project on tourism adaptation in the Maldives has been initiated, through collaboration with UNEP and UNDP and discussions initiated with SIDS in other regions. Responding to the need to provide practical guidance and capacity building for climate change adaptation and mitigation practices in the tourism sector, in 2008 a publication was produced: “Climate Change Adaptation and Mitigation in the Tourism Sector: Frameworks, Tools and Practices”lv combined with a comprehensive series of international and regional seminars designed to provide a pragmatic platform to strengthen the capacity of professionals to understand and respond effectively to the global challenges of climate change in tourism destinations. 14

Box 10: Hotel Energy Solutions Projectlvi In 2008, UNWTO launched the Hotel Energy Solutions project. The Project is co‐funded by the European Agency for Competitiveness and Innovation: UNWTO is the project coordinator, partners include UNEP, International Hotel and Restaurant Association, ADEME the French Agency for Energy Management and EREC the European Council for Renewable Energies. The international hotel sector is one of the largest drivers of global employment. However, in 2005, it was estimated that the accommodation sector accounted for 21 per cent of the carbon dioxide emissions from tourismlvii. The aim of this project is to provide energy efficiency solutions and increased use of energy efficiency and renewable energy technologies for the tourism accommodation sector across 27 European Union countrieslviii. This is seen as a significant way to reduce the impact of the sector on climate change by mitigating emissions. The Hotel Energy Solutions project will do three things: • Develop a range of tools and materials to assist small and medium enterprises hotels to plan for and invest in energy efficiency and renewable energy technologies. • Test the tools in hotels and use the lessons learned to improve them. • Tell people about these tools – disseminate and promote the most suitable practical solutions to SME hotels across the European Union and far beyondlix. In September 2009, UNWTO, in partnership with the European Travel Commission (ETC) and VisitSweden, and supported by UNEP and the Swedish Government, organised the Travel and Tourism in the Green Economy Symposium. The symposium focused on sustainable tourism and travel and the Copenhagen Agreement to be discussed at the UNFCCC COP 15 in December 2009.

5. The response of Governments and the private sector to the challenges that climate change poses to tourism The private sector has a significant role to play in addressing the challenges climate change poses for tourism and travel. However, they cannot implement these alone. Governments need to be engaged and encouraged to develop and implement regulatory policies and offer economic incentives. Together they have a crucial role to play in tackling climate change and its impact on tourism and travel. In synergy with the UNWTO many tourism and travel organizations have embraced this challenge and opportunity. Box 11: Challenge to develop cross‐sector response to climate change In 2008 the Pacific Asia Travel Association (PATA) challenged influential travel and tourism leaders to help develop, agree and sign on to a cross‐sector response to climate change. Travel and tourism leaders responded, indicating that they were ready to be part of the first CEO Challenge. The first PATA Challenge event was held in Bangkok, Thailand and hosted by the Tourism Authority of Thailand. The agenda focused on actionable issues and challenged decision‐makers from all sectors of the travel and tourism industry to agree and commit to actions that will confront climate change. The World Travel and Tourism Council (WTTC) produced a report in 2009, which sets out a vision for tackling GHG emissions. It includes a commitment, endorsed by more than 40 of the world’s largest 15

Travel and Tourism companies, to cut by half carbon emission levels of 2005 by 2035lx. There is also an interim target of achieving a 30 per reduction by 2020 in the presence of an international agreement or 25 per cent reduction in the absence of such an agreementlxi. The WTTC’s report also acknowledged that the goals of industry leaders, customers and policy‐makers need to be aligned and that partnerships can play an important role. It is hoped the report will also be utilised by policy‐ leaders in Copenhagen to ensure consideration of the potential of tourism to create economic and social prosperity. The WTTC has also identified a series of commitments, which the Council itself will use to track and measure its own efforts and success. These include working with governments to align frameworks; share information and best practice examples; support aviation’s progressive carbon dioxide emission reduction strategies and encourage airlines to halve carbon emissions levels by 2050; and assist local communities in adopting practical mitigation and adaptation strategieslxii. In June 2008, CEOs from across the world, representing every industrial sector, submitted a set of recommendations to the G8 leaders for inclusion within a post‐Kyoto climate framework. In March 2009, in response to the recommendations and to elaborate on how they should be implemented, a World Economic Forum (WEF) Task Force on Low‐Carbon Prosperity was launched. In May 2009, the WEF, in collaboration with UNWTO, ICAO, UNEP and travel and tourism business leaders, produced the Towards a Low Carbon Travel and Tourism Sector report. Within the document, a number of ways to mitigate transport and accommodation greenhouse gas emissions are proposed. Both short‐ and long‐term solutions are identified including market mechanisms such as global emissions trading schemes. The study also highlights how governments, industry and consumers can collectively improve the sustainability of travel which will ensure the continued growth of the sector. Box 12: Council of Australian Governments’ National Climate Change Adaptation Framework The Council of Australian Governments' (COAG) National Climate Change Adaptation Framework, which was endorsed in April 2007, identified tourism as one of many sectors and areas vulnerable to climate change. The COAG Framework identified that "the impact of climate change on infrastructure and the natural environment has the potential to affect the tourism industry. In some cases this could result in social and economic impacts in regions with a high dependency on tourism as a source of income and employment." The COAG Framework gave the Tourism Ministers' Council (TMC) responsibility for developing an Action Plan over two years. In August 2007, Tourism Ministers established the Tourism and Climate Change Taskforce (the Taskforce) to develop the Action Plan.

A number of governments have announced their intention for their nations, including their tourism and travel sector, to become carbon neutral. Sri Lanka announced its initiative “Earth Lung – Carbon Free Sri Lanka” during the Davos Conference in 2007. Three other countries have announced their intention to have a “carbon free” or “carbon neutral” nation, including their tourism and travel sectorlxiii (Norway, Costa Rica and the Maldives). UNWTO is providing ‘in‐kind’ support and support aimed at raising funds for governments and regional initiatives for climate change adaptation and mitigation projects in the tourism sector for key regional initiatives involving governments of numerous countries. The CARIBSAVE Partnership, formed in 2008, between the Caribbean Community Climate Change Centre (CCCCC) and the University of Oxford, and supported by a range of international partners including UNWTO, UNEP, UNDP, the World Bank, WWF, and other international and regional partners is addressing the impacts and challenges 16

surrounding climate change, tourism, economic development and community livelihoods across the Caribbean Basin. The Caribbean is a highly tourism‐reliant region and also highly vulnerable to the impacts of climate change. The CARIBSAVE Partnership, which includes representatives from both the public and private sector, is providing practical strategies, assisting in capacity building and facilitating skills transfer across the region.

6. Conclusion The climate is changing and will continue to do so for the foreseeable future. This will result in social, economic and environmental impacts. The degree of these impacts will depend on to what extent nations, industry and individuals mitigate emissions and adapt to changes. The issue of climate change is now firmly entrenched in the global agenda and critical negotiations for a GHG emissions framework continue. At a time of global economic downturn, a climate deal could fundamentally transform the global economy through the need for innovative technologies and sustainable development. The tourism and travel sector must address the climate change issue and UNWTO has embraced the challenge of responding establishing collaborative partnerships, raising awareness, developing guidance and providing support. UNWTO is fully committed to promoting a reduction in the impact of greenhouse gas emissions from tourism activities. However, the role tourism plays in less developed countries needs to be taken into consideration in any discussions on emission reductions. Tourism contributes to sustainable development, poverty reduction and the Millennium Development Goals. Any framework agreement should not disproportionately disadvantage those most dependent on tourism. Many of the potential solutions to reducing greenhouse gas emissions and tackling climate change are complex. It is important that partnerships are developed, maintained and enhanced and research into innovative approaches is continued. The Davos Declaration’s specific recommendations to governments, international organizations, tourism industry and destinations, consumers, research and communication networks, set the guidelines of a comprehensive plan of action. ‘The time is right’: The time is right to further the discussion and debate on climate change and tourism. The time is right to “seal the deal” and establish a global emissions‐regulated framework. The time is right for governments and the public sector to invest in greenhouse gas mitigation and climate change adaptation approaches. The time is right for public and private sectors to forge ahead with innovative low carbon initiatives that would not only create employment but would also contribute to the economy. The time is right because any further delay in action will result in consequences for the tourism industry and the people who depend upon the sector. UNWTO will continue to play its role to ensure that impacts are minimised, that all benefits to tourism and communities are realised and that tourism and travel continues to be a significant contributor to poverty reduction and the Millennium Development Goals.

References i

UNWTO (2009) Tourism Highlights 2009 Edition http://www.unwto.org/facts/eng/pdf/highlights/UNWTO_Highlights09_en_LR.pdf. Accessed 1 November 2009 ii WTTC (2009) Leading the challenge on climate change. http://www.wttc.org/eng/Tourism_Initiatives/Environment_Initiative/ iii UNWTO (2008) Emerging Tourism Markets – The Coming Economic Boom, Press Release, UNWTO Madrid, 24 June 2008 iv UNWTO (2007) Compendium of tourism statistics (2007 edition). Madrid: World Tourism Organisation. v UNWTO (2001) Tourism 2020 Vision, Madrid. http://www.unwto.org/facts/eng/vision.htm. vi IPCC (2007) Summary for Policymakers. In: S. Solomon, D. Qin, M. Manning, Z. Chen, M. Marquis, K.B. Averyt, M.Tignor and H.L. Miller (Eds.), Climate Change 2007: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Fourth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA: Cambridge University Press vii IPCC (2007) Summary for Policymakers. In: S. Solomon, D. Qin, M. Manning, Z. Chen, M. Marquis, K.B. Averyt, M.Tignor and H.L. Miller (Eds.), Climate Change 2007: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Fourth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA: Cambridge University Press viii Stern, N. (2006) The Economics of Climate Change: The Stern Review. Her Majesty’s Treasury, London IPCC (2007) Summary for Policymakers. Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Fourth Assessment Report Climate Change 2007: Synthesis Report. [Bernstein, L., Bosch, P., Canziani, O., Chen, Z., Christ, R., Davidson, O., Hare, W., Huq, S., Karoly, D., Kattsov, V., Kundzewicz, Z., Liu, J., Lohmann, U., Manning, M., Matsuno, T., Menne, B., Metz, B., Mirza, M., Nicholls, N., Nurse, L., Pachauri, R., Palutikof, J., Parry, M., Qin, D., Ravindranath, N., Reisinger, A., Ren, J., Riahi, K., Rosenzweig, C., Rusticucci, M., Schneider, S., Sokona, Y., Solomon, S., Stott, P., Stouffer, R., Sugiyama, T., Swart, R., Tirpak, D., Vogel, C., Yohe, G.]. Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA: Cambridge University Press G8 (2009) Declaration of the leaders the major economies forum on energy and climate. http://www.g8italia2009.it/static/G8_Allegato/MEF_Declarationl.pdf ix

IPCC (2007) Summary for Policymakers. Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Fourth Assessment Report Climate Change 2007: Synthesis Report. [Bernstein, L., Bosch, P., Canziani, O., Chen, Z., Christ, R., Davidson, O., Hare, W., Huq, S., Karoly, D., Kattsov, V., Kundzewicz, Z., Liu, J., Lohmann, U., Manning, M., Matsuno, T., Menne, B., Metz, B., Mirza, M., Nicholls, N., Nurse, L., Pachauri, R., Palutikof, J., Parry, M., Qin, D., Ravindranath, N., Reisinger, A., Ren, J., Riahi, K., Rosenzweig, C., Rusticucci, M., Schneider, S., Sokona, Y., Solomon, S., Stott, P., Stouffer, R., Sugiyama, T., Swart, R., Tirpak, D., Vogel, C., Yohe, G.]. Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA: Cambridge University Press

Rosenzweig, C., Rusticucci, M., Schneider, S., Sokona, Y., Solomon, S., Stott, P., Stouffer, R., Sugiyama, T., Swart, R., Tirpak, D., Vogel, C., Yohe, G.]. Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA: Cambridge University Press xi The Association of Small Island Developing States (AOSIS) recent Declaration to the United Nations called for a new climate change agreement that would ensure global warming be kept below 1.5°C. xii Scott, D. and Lemieux, C. (2009) Weather and climate information for tourism. WMO and UNWTO. xiii UNWTO and UNEP and WMO (2008) Climate Change and Tourism: Responding to Global Challenges, (prepared by Scott, D., Amelung, B., Becken, S., Ceron, J.P., Dubois, G., Gössling, S., Peeters, P. and Simpson, M.C.), UNWTO, Madrid, and UNEP, Paris. xiv UNWTO and UNEP and WMO (2008) Climate Change and Tourism: Responding to Global Challenges, (prepared by Scott, D., Amelung, B., Becken, S., Ceron, J.P., Dubois, G., Gössling, S., Peeters, P. and Simpson, M.C.), UNWTO, Madrid, and UNEP, Paris. xv UNWTO and UNEP and WMO (2008) Climate Change and Tourism: Responding to Global Challenges, (prepared by Scott, D., Amelung, B., Becken, S., Ceron, J.P., Dubois, G., Gössling, S., Peeters, P. and Simpson, M.C.), UNWTO, Madrid, and UNEP, Paris. Gössling, S. & Hall, C.M. (2006) Tourism and Global Economic Change. London: Routledge Becken S. & Hay J. (2007) Tourism and Climate Change – risks and opportunities. Clevedon: Channel View Publications xvi UNWTO and UNEP and WMO (2008) Climate Change and Tourism: Responding to Global Challenges, (prepared by Scott, D., Amelung, B., Becken, S., Ceron, J.P., Dubois, G., Gössling, S., Peeters, P. and Simpson, M.C.), UNWTO, Madrid, and UNEP, Paris.. Scott, D., Peeters, P., and Gössling, S. (2010 in press) Can Tourism ‘Seal the Deal’ of its Mitigation Commitments? The Challenge of Achieving ‘Aspirational’ Emission Reduction Targets. Journal of Sustainable Tourism 18(2). xvii UNWTO and UNEP and WMO (2008) Climate Change and Tourism: Responding to Global Challenges, (prepared by Scott, D., Amelung, B., Becken, S., Ceron, J.P., Dubois, G., Gössling, S., Peeters, P. and Simpson, M.C.), UNWTO, Madrid, and UNEP, Paris. Stern, N. (2006) The Economics of Climate Change: The Stern Review. Her Majesty’s Treasury, London IPCC (2007) Summary for Policymakers. Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Fourth Assessment Report Climate Change 2007: Synthesis Report. [Bernstein, L., Bosch, P., Canziani, O., Chen, Z., Christ, R., Davidson, O., Hare, W., Huq, S., Karoly, D., Kattsov, V., Kundzewicz, Z., Liu, J., Lohmann, U., Manning, M., Matsuno, T., Menne, B., Metz, B., Mirza, M., Nicholls, N., Nurse, L., Pachauri, R., Palutikof, J., Parry, M., Qin, D., Ravindranath, N., Reisinger, A., Ren, J., Riahi, K., Rosenzweig, C., Rusticucci, M., Schneider, S., Sokona, Y., Solomon, S., Stott, P., Stouffer, R., Sugiyama, T., Swart, R., Tirpak, D., Vogel, C., Yohe, G.]. Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA: Cambridge University Press xviii UNWTO and UNEP and WMO (2008) Climate Change and Tourism: Responding to Global Challenges, (prepared by Scott, D., Amelung, B., Becken, S., Ceron, J.P., Dubois, G., Gössling, S., Peeters, P. and Simpson, M.C.), UNWTO, Madrid, and UNEP, Paris. Hall, C.M. (2008) Tourism and climate change: Knowledge gaps and issues. Tourism Recreation Research, 33: 339‐350. Deutsche Bank Research (2008) Climate Change and Tourism: Where Will the Journey Take Us? Berlin: Deutsche Bank Research. xix Scott, D., de Freitas, C., and Matzarakis, A. (2008) Adaptation in the Tourism and Recreation Sector. In: Biometeorology for Adaptation to Climate Variability and Change. K. Ebi, I. Burton, G. McGregor (eds). 171‐19 UNWTO and UNEP and WMO (2008) Climate Change and Tourism: Responding to Global Challenges, (prepared by Scott, D., Amelung, B., Becken, S., Ceron, J.P., Dubois, G., Gössling, S., Peeters, P. and Simpson, M.C.), UNWTO, Madrid, and UNEP, Paris.

Scott, D., de Freitas, C., and Matzarakis, A. (2008) Adaptation in the Tourism and Recreation Sector. In: Biometeorology for Adaptation to Climate Variability and Change. K. Ebi, I. Burton, G. McGregor (eds). 171‐19 UNWTO and UNEP and WMO (2008) Climate Change and Tourism: Responding to Global Challenges, (prepared by Scott, D., Amelung, B., Becken, S., Ceron, J.P., Dubois, G., Gössling, S., Peeters, P. and Simpson, M.C.), UNWTO, Madrid, and UNEP, Paris. xxi WTTC (2009) Leading the challenge on climate change. http://www.wttc.org/eng/Tourism_Initiatives/Environment_Initiative/. xxii UNWTO and UNEP and WMO (2008) Climate Change and Tourism: Responding to Global Challenges, (prepared by Scott, D., Amelung, B., Becken, S., Ceron, J.P., Dubois, G., Gössling, S., Peeters, P. and Simpson, M.C.), UNWTO, Madrid, and UNEP, Paris.. World Economic Forum (2009) Climate Policies from Kyoto to Copenhagen. Online at http://www.weforum.org/en/knowledge/Themes/Enviroment/ClimateChange/KN_SESS_SUMM_ 28001? =/en/knowledge/Themes/Enviroment/ClimateChange/KN_SESS_SUMM_28001 xxiii UNWTO and UNEP and WMO (2008) Climate Change and Tourism: Responding to Global Challenges, (prepared by Scott, D., Amelung, B., Becken, S., Ceron, J.P., Dubois, G., Gössling, S., Peeters, P. and Simpson, M.C.), UNWTO, Madrid, and UNEP, Paris. xxiv UNWTO and UNEP and WMO (2008) Climate Change and Tourism: Responding to Global Challenges, (prepared by Scott, D., Amelung, B., Becken, S., Ceron, J.P., Dubois, G., Gössling, S., Peeters, P. and Simpson, M.C.), UNWTO, Madrid, and UNEP, Paris. xxv Simpson, M.C., Gössling, S., Scott, D., Hall, C.M. and Gladin, E. (2008) Climate Change Adaptation and Mitigation in the Tourism Sector: Frameworks, Tools and Practices, UNEP, University of Oxford, UNWTO, WMO: Paris France xxvi World Economic Forum (2009) Climate Policies from Kyoto to Copenhagen. Online at http://www.weforum.org/en/knowledge/Themes/Enviroment/ClimateChange/KN_SESS_SUMM_ 28001? =/en/knowledge/Themes/Enviroment/ClimateChange/KN_SESS_SUMM_28001 [11 September 2009]. xxvii

Copenhagen Climate Council (2009) http://www.copenhagenclimatecouncil.com/ G8 (2009) Declaration of the leaders the major economies forum on energy and climate. http://www.g8italia2009.it/static/G8_Allegato/MEF_Declarationl.pdf xxix UNFCCC (2009) http://unfccc.int/2860.php xxx Unreferenced UNEP report within the UNWTO (2007) Tourism, air transport and climate change – a World Tourism Organisation discussion paper document http://www.unwto.org/climate/support/en/pdf/docu_tourism_air.pdf. xxxi Atmosfair, http://www.atmosfair.de/index.php?id=9&L=3 xxxii Gössling, S., Haglund, L., Kallgren, H.,Revahl, M and Hultman, J (2008) Swedish air travellers and voluntary carbon offsets: towards the co‐creation of environmental value? Current Issues in Tourism 12, 1‐19. xxxiii Lyle, C. (2009) The control of aviation emissions reaches a critical juncture. GreenAir Online. July. http://www.greenaironline.com/news.php?viewStory=545 World Economic Forum (2009) Climate Policies from Kyoto to Copenhagen. Online at http://www.weforum.org/en/knowledge/Themes/Enviroment/ClimateChange/KN_SESS_SUMM_ 28001? =/en/knowledge/Themes/Enviroment/ClimateChange/KN_SESS_SUMM_28001 [11 September 2009]. xxxiv Lyle, C. (2009) The control of aviation emissions reaches a critical juncture. GreenAir Online. July. http://www.greenaironline.com/news.php?viewStory=545 Lee, D. S., Fahey, D. W., Forster, P. M., Newton, P. J., Wit, R. C. N., Lim, L. L., Owen, B. & Sausen, R. (2009) Aviation and global climate change in the 21st century. Atmospheric Environment, 43, 3520‐3537. xxviii

Scott, D., Peeters, P. and Gössling, S. (2010 in press) Can Tourism ‘Seal the Deal’ of its Mitigation Commitments? The Challenge of Achieving ‘Aspirational’ Emission Reduction Targets. Journal of Sustainable Tourism 18(2). xxxv UNWTO (2009) Tourism Highlights 2009 Edition http://www.unwto.org/facts/eng/pdf/highlights/UNWTO_Highlights09_en_LR.pdf. Accessed 1 November 2009 xxxvi UNWTO (2009) Discussion paper on climate change mitigation measures for international air transport. http://www.unwto.org/climate/support/en/pdf/docu_aviation_GHG_Emissions.pdf xxxvii “Annex 1 Parties include the industrialised countries that were members of the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co‐operation and Development) in 1992, plus countries with economies in transition (the EIT Parties), including the Russian Federation, the Baltic States, and several Central and Eastern European States”. http://unfccc.int/parties_and_observers/items/2704.php. xxxviii Mayor, K. and Tol. R. (2007) The impact of the UK aviation tax on carbon dioxide emissions and visitor numbers. Transport Policy, 14, 507‐513. Gössling, S., Peeter, P. and Scott, D. (2008a) Consequences of climate policy for international tourist arrivals in developing countries. Third World Quarterly, 29 (5), 873‐901. Pentalow, L. and Scott, D. (2009) The Impact of Climate Policy and Oil Price on Tourist Arrivals to the Caribbean Region. In: Proceedings of 7th International Symposium on Tourism and Sustainability, Travel and Tourism in the Age of Climate Change. University of Brighton, Brighton, England, July 8‐ 10. xxxix Lyle, C. (2009) The control of aviation emissions reaches a critical juncture. GreenAir Online. July. http://www.greenaironline.com/news.php?viewStory=545 xl International Civil Association Organisation. High‐level meeting on international aviation and climate change, 7‐9 October 2009. HLM‐ENV/09‐WP/1 xli Letter from Mr Martin Marmy, Secretary General, International Road Transport Union, 6 November 2009. xlii International Chamber of Shipping (2009) Shipping, world trade and the reduction of carbon dioxide. http://www.marisec.org. xliii International Chamber of Shipping (2009) Shipping, world trade and the reduction of carbon dioxide. http://www.marisec.org. xliv Which is comprised of Air France‐KLM, British Airways, Cathay Pacific, Finnair, Qatar Airways, Virgin Atlantic, Virgin Blue Airlines Group, BAA, LOT Polish Airlines, and The Climate Group xlv Simpson, M.C., Gössling, S. and Scott, D. (2008) Report on the International Policy and Market Response to Global Warming and the Challenges and Opportunities that Climate Change Issues Present for the Caribbean Tourism Sector. Caribbean Regional Sustainable Tourism Development Programme: European Commission and the Caribbean Tourism Organization, Barbados. xlvi UNWTO (2007) Tourism, air transport and climate change – a World Tourism Organisation discussion paper. http://www.unwto.org/climate/support/en/pdf/docu_tourism_air.pdf. xlvii UNWTO (2007) Tourism, air transport and climate change – a World Tourism Organisation discussion paper. http://www.unwto.org/climate/support/en/pdf/docu_tourism_air.pdf. xlviii European Travel Commission (2006) Tourism Trends for Europe. September 2006. http://www.etc‐ corporate.org/resources/uploads/ETC_Tourism_Trends_for_Europe_09‐2006_ENG.pdf. Accessed 7 November 2006. xlix UNWTO (2003) Djerba Declaration. http://www.world‐tourism.org/sustainable/climate/decdjerba‐ eng.pdf l UNWTO (2008) World Tourism Day 2008, http://www.unwto.org/wtd/prev/en/pdf/2008_previouscelebrations.pdf.

UNWTO and UNEP and WMO (2008) Climate Change and Tourism: Responding to Global Challenges, (prepared by Scott, D., Amelung, B., Becken, S., Ceron, J.P., Dubois, G., Gössling, S., Peeters, P. and Simpson, M.C.), UNWTO, Madrid, and UNEP, Paris Scott, D. and Lemieux, C. (2009) Weather and climate information for tourism. WMO and UNWTO. http://www.unwto.org/climate/support/en/pdf/WCC3_TourismWhitePaper.pdf. lii Scott, D. and Lemieux, C. (2009) Weather and climate information for tourism. WMO and UNWTO. http://www.unwto.org/climate/support/en/pdf/WCC3_TourismWhitePaper.pdf. liii Scott, D. and Lemieux, C. (2009) Weather and climate information for tourism. WMO and UNWTO. http://www.unwto.org/climate/support/en/pdf/WCC3_TourismWhitePaper.pdf. liv Scott, D. and Lemieux, C. (2009) Weather and climate information for tourism. WMO and UNWTO. http://www.unwto.org/climate/support/en/pdf/WCC3_TourismWhitePaper.pdf. lv Simpson, M.C., Gössling, S., Scott, D., Hall, C.M., and Gladin, E. (2008) Climate Change Adaptation and Mitigation in the Tourism Sector: Frameworks, Tools and Practices, UNEP, University of Oxford, UNWTO, WMO: Paris France lvi Hotel Energy Solutions: www.hotelenergysolutions.net lvii UNWTO and UNEP and WMO (2008) Climate Change and Tourism: Responding to Global Challenges, (prepared by Scott, D., Amelung, B., Becken, S., Ceron, J.P., Dubois, G., Gössling, S., Peeters, P. and Simpson, M.C.), UNWTO, Madrid, and UNEP, Paris lviii UNWTO (2008) Hotel Energy Solutions: Project Brief http://www.unwto.org/afiliados/pdf/en/factsheet.pdf. lix UNWTO (2008) Hotel Energy Solutions: Project Brief http://www.unwto.org/afiliados/pdf/en/factsheet.pdf. lx WTTC (2009) Leading the challenge on climate change. http://www.wttc.org/eng/Tourism_Initiatives/Environment_Initiative/. lxi WTTC (2009) Leading the challenge on climate change. http://www.wttc.org/eng/Tourism_Initiatives/Environment_Initiative/. lxii WTTC (2009) Leading the challenge on climate change. http://www.wttc.org/eng/Tourism_Initiatives/Environment_Initiative/. lxiii Gössling, S., (2009) Carbon Neutral Destinations: A conceptual analysis, Journal of Sustainable Tourism 17(1): 17‐37

Annex I DAVOS DECLARATION

Second International Conference on

Climate Change and Tourism CLIMATE CHANGE AND TOURISM RESPONDING TO GLOBAL CHALLENGES Davos, Switzerland, 3 October 2007

DAVOS DECLARATION The international community is taking concerted action against climate change around a commonly agreed framework led by the United Nations. This UN framework will seek to establish a long term post-Kyoto roadmap with rapid deployment and targeted milestones. The tourism sector has an important place in that framework, given its global economic and social value, its role in sustainable development and its strong relationships with climate. To support this action the World Tourism Organization (UNWTO), jointly with the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) and the World Meteorological Organization (WMO), with the support of the World Economic Forum (WEF) and the Swiss Government, convened the Second International Conference on Climate Change and Tourism, in Davos, Switzerland, from 1 to 3 October 2007. This event, building on the results of the First International Conference organised on this topic in Djerba, Tunisia in 2003, gathered 450 participants from over 80 countries and 22 international organizations, private sector organizations and companies, research institutions, NGOs and the media, with the aim of responding in a timely and balanced way to climate change imperatives in the tourism sector. In preparation of this Conference the organizers commissioned a report to provide an extensive review of current impacts and analyse options for possible actions. The Conference agreed that: •

climate is a key resource for tourism and the sector is highly sensitive to the impacts of climate change and global warming, many elements of which are already being felt. It is estimated to contribute some 5% of global CO2 emissions.

•

tourism - business and leisure - will continue to be a vital component of the global economy, an important contributor to the Millennium Development Goals and an integral, positive element in our society.

•

given tourism’s importance in the global challenges of climate change and poverty reduction, there is a need to urgently adopt a range of policies which encourages truly sustainable tourism that reflects a “quadruple bottom line” of environmental, social, economic and climate responsiveness.

•

the tourism sector must rapidly respond to climate change, within the evolving UN framework and progressively reduce its Greenhouse Gas (GHG) contribution if it is to grow in a sustainable manner; this will require action to: o o o o

mitigate its GHG emissions, derived especially from transport and accommodation activities; adapt tourism businesses and destinations to changing climate conditions; apply existing and new technology to improve energy efficiency; secure financial resources to help poor regions and countries.

The Conference calls for the following actions. 1) Governments and International Organizations: •

Incorporate tourism in the implementation of existing commitments under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and its Kyoto 24

Protocol, and respond to the call by the United Nations Secretary-General for launching, at the 13th session of the UNFCCC Conference of the Parties in Bali, December 2007, an effective and comprehensive climate change framework for the post-2012 period. •

Implement concrete, simultaneous actions for mitigation, adaptation, technology and financing, consistent with the Millennium Development Goals.

•

Provide financial, technical and training support to tourism destinations and operators in developing countries (especially in the least developed countries and Small Island Developing States) to ensure that they can participate in the global climate response framework, through established initiatives, such as the Clean Development Mechanism.

•

Promote, at all levels, interdisciplinary partnerships, networks and information exchange systems essential to sustainable development of the sector.

•

Collaborate in international strategies, policies and action plans to reduce GHG emissions in the transport (in cooperation with ICAO and other aviation organizations), accommodation and related tourism activities.

•

Introduce education and awareness programs for all tourism stakeholders – public and private sector – as well as consumers.

•

Develop regional and local climate information services tailored to the tourism sector and promote their use among tourism stakeholders. Build capacities for interpretation and application of this information, strengthening collaboration with WMO’s National Meteorological Services.

•

Implement policy, regulatory, financial, managerial, educational, behavioural, diversification, research and monitoring measures, for effective adaptation and mitigation.

2) Tourism Industry and Destinations •

Take leadership in implementing concrete measures (such as incentives) in order to mitigate climate change throughout the tourism value chain and to reduce risk to travellers, operators and infrastructure due to dynamic climate variability and shift. Establish targets and indicators to monitor progress.

•

Promote and undertake investments in energy-efficiency tourism programmes and use of renewable energy resources, with the aim of reducing the carbon footprint of the entire tourism sector.

•

Integrate tourism in the formulation and implementation of regional, national and local level adaptation and mitigation strategies and implementation plans. The Nairobi Work Programme on Impacts, Vulnerability and Adaptation to Climate Change, coordinated by UNFCCC, represents an important opportunity for the tourism sector to enhance knowledge, increase capacities and stimulate action.

•

Strive to conserve biodiversity, natural ecosystems and landscapes in ways which strengthen resilience to climate change and ensure a long-term sustainable use of the environmental resource base of tourism - in particular those that serve as “earth lungs” (carbon sinks), sequestering GHGs through forest management and other biological programmes, or that protect coastlines (e.g. mangroves and coral reefs).

•

Seek to achieve increasingly carbon free environments by diminishing pollution through design, operations and market responsive mechanisms.

•

Implement climate-focused product diversification, to reposition destinations and support systems, as well as to foster all-season supply and demand.

•

Raise awareness among customers and staff on climate change impacts and engage them in response processes. 25

3) Consumers: •

In their choices for travel and destination, tourists should be encouraged to consider the climate, economic, societal and environmental impacts of their options before making a decision and, where possible to reduce their carbon footprint, or offset emissions that cannot be reduced directly.

•

In their choices of activities at the destination, tourists should also be encouraged to opt for environmentally-friendly activities that reduce their carbon footprint as well as contribute to the preservation of the natural environment and cultural heritage.

4) Research and Communications Networks: •

Encourage targeted, multi-disciplinary research on impacts of climate change in order to address regional gaps in current knowledge, develop tools for risk assessment and cost-benefit analyses with which to gauge the feasibility of various responses.

•

Include environmental and climate specific subjects in the study curricula of tourism training programmes and extend these to broader educational systems.

•

Promote responsible travel that supports “quadruple bottom line” sustainable tourism, incorporating climate, environmental, social and economic considerations.

•

Raise awareness on tourism’s economic role as a tool for development, and present information on causes and effects of climate change based on sound science, in a fair, balanced and user-friendly manner.

The Conference •

sets out a range of specific actions to be taken by all stakeholders in the sector to immediately begin to establish and implement a long range carbon-neutral roadmap;

•

invites governments and international organizations, the tourism industry, consumers, research and communications networks to implement these recommendations, with concrete commitments and action plans, and to use the UNWTO on-line Climate Change and Tourism Information Exchange Service as a platform, for committed stakeholders to register their pledges and activities toward adaptation and mitigation on an on-going basis;

•

stresses the need that UNWTO, in collaboration with UNEP and WMO, continue to lead this process, and to consider convening a Third Conference on Climate Change and Tourism, at an appropriate time in the future, to review progress, to maintain response levels and to identify further needs and actions;

•

urges action by the entire tourism sector to face climate change as one of the greatest challenges to sustainable development, and to the Millennium Development Goals in the 21st Century.

*** The Davos Declaration and results of this conference will provide the basis for the UNWTO Minister’s Summit on Tourism and Climate Change, scheduled at the World Travel Market, London, UK, 13 November 2007. It will be submitted for adoption at the UNWTO General Assembly in Cartagena de Indias, Colombia, 23-29 November 2007, and also will be presented at the United Nations Climate Change Conference in Bali, Indonesia, in December 2007.

www.UNWTO.org

Portada UNWTO Background climatev2.indd 1

From Davos to Copenhagen and Beyond: Advancing Tourism’s Response to Climate Change – UNWTO Background Paper

The World Tourism Organization (UNWTO) is the only intergovernmental

From Davos to Copenhagen and Beyond: Advancing Tourism’s Response to Climate Change UNWTO Background Paper

9/12/09 11:04:08

A GOOD PRACTICE GUIDE

TOURISM FOR NATURE & DEVELOPMENT

The Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) is a global agreement that addresses biodiversity. It was established in 1992, and has 192 Parties today, with three main objectives: 1. the conservation of biodiversity; 2. the sustainable use of its components; and 3. fair and equitable sharing of benefits arising out of the utilization of genetic resources. The Secretariat of the CBD (SCBD) was established to support the goals of the Convention. Its principle functions are to prepare and service meetings of the Conferences of the Parties (COP) and other subsidiary bodies of the Convention, support Parties as appropriate, and coordinate with other relevant international bodies. The SCBD established the Biodiversity for Development Unit in 2008 with the support of the French and German governments. The goal of the Unit is to promote the integration of biodiversity conservation and poverty reduction objectives in both conservation planning (e.g. National Biodiversity Strategies and Action Plans) and development planning (e.g. Poverty Reduction Strategy Papers or Sustainable Development Strategies). Acknowledgements: This guide was developed with funding support from the French Ministry of Foreign and European Affairs. Institutional support has been provided by the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) and the World Tourism Organization (UNWTO). Series concept and management by Eric Belvaux (SCBD); publication concept and text by Oliver Hillel (SCBD); project coordination, text and layout by Christopher Hogan (SCBD). The SCBD wishes to recognize the following individuals for their contributions to this publication: Luigi Cabrini (UNWTO), Helena Rey (UNEP), Alberto Vega Exposito (SCBD), John Hull (Auckland University of Technology), Anna Spenceley (SNV), Chucri Sayegh (SCBD), Richard Denman (The Tourism Company), Burghard Rauschelbach (GTZ), Heike Dickhut (Eberswalde University, Germany), Birgit Steck (SNV), Sylvie Nuria Noguer (Samson BĂŠlair / Deloitte & Touche), and Paula Arantes (Ecotourism consultant, Brazil). ÂŠ Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity. Users may download, reuse, reprint, modify, distribute, and/or copy text, figures and tables from this publication so long as the original source is credited. Reproduction of photographs is subject to the granting of permission from the rights holders. Citation: Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity, World Tourism Organization and the United Nations Environment Programme. 2009. Tourism for Nature and Development: A Good Practice Guide. Montreal, 48 + iii pages. Photo credits (front cover, top to bottom): Flickr.com/unwiredben; stockphoto.com; Flickr.com/Martha de Jong-Lantink; Flickr.com/ Travelling Pooh. ISBN: 92-9225-158-9

I. Introduction

Purpose and scope of the guide Tourism, biodiversity and poverty reduction Ecosystem services required by the tourism sector Environmental impacts of tourism: A snapshot Tourism, development and poverty reduction Some current trends in global sustainable tourism

1 5 7 9 11 13

II. Good Practices

The elements of good tourism practice Policy and strategy tools > The planning process: standards, guidelines, principles and codes > Sustainable tourism development policies and strategies > Sustainable tourism destination plans > Sustainable tourism projects Legal and normative tools Measuring, baseline information, reporting, auditing, monitoring and evaluation Economic, financial and market-based instruments Capacity building Promotion, marketing and communication

Suggestions for tourism training sessions Checklist of good practices: Tourism for Nature and Development References Contents of the CD

39 41 43 45

III. Resources

CONTENTS

Foreword

19 21 23 25 27 29 31 35 37

FOREWORD

Foreword to the series The conservation and sustainable use of biological diversity, and the eradication of extreme poverty are two of the main global challenges of our time. It has been recognized by the international community that these two challenges are intimately connected, and require a coordinated response. The protection of biodiversity is essential in the fight to reduce poverty and achieve sustainable development. 70% of the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s poor live in rural areas and depend directly on biodiversity for their survival and well-being. The impact of environmental degradation is most severe for people living in poverty, because they have few livelihood options to fall back on. The Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) were established by the United Nations in 2000 to combat poverty, hunger, disease, illiteracy, gender inequality and environmental degradation. They integrate the 2010 Biodiversity Target set in 2002 by the Convention on Biological Diversity to achieve, by 2010, a significant reduction in the rate of biodiversity loss. Biodiversity is key to the achievement of all MDG goals, and the fulfillment of this international commitment by 2015. Building bridges between biodiversity, poverty reduction and development is a crucial task. It involves strengthening the rights of the poor over resources, and developing financial incentive measures whereby the poor who are living in biodiversity-rich regions would receive payment from those who benefit from those services. It also includes strengthening partnerships and collaboration between biodiversity and development sectors. This series of guides aims to compile good practices that support biodiversity conservation and poverty reduction in a number of different development sectors. It is our hope that these guides provide practical direction for governments, development agencies, businesses, and non-governmental organisations working to ensure that biodiversity conservation and poverty reduction activities go hand in hand.

Ahmed Djoghlaf, Executive Secretary Convention on Biological Diversity ii

Despite the current economic crisis, to which tourism is not immune, UNWTO forecasts 1.6 billion international tourists by the year 2020. The extraordinary growth of tourism requires increasing attention from all stakeholders on its sustainability. UNWTO has already undertaken a number of initiatives aimed at achieving a win-win situation for tourism and biodiversity, and the International Year on Biodiversity to be celebrated in 2010 will be another opportunity to devise new ideas and joint actions. The notion that tourism can constitute a solid tool for sustainable development and poverty alleviation is gaining ground. It is supported by the development of policies and instruments, and the implementation of STEP (Sustainable Tourism Eliminating Poverty) projects under the UNWTOâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s umbrella. This publication focuses on how tourism can contribute to two Millennium Development Goals: environmental sustainability and eradication of poverty. It provides good examples of how tourism can address environmental, economic and social concerns, and with its comprehensive list of references, constitutes a useful guide for all tourism planners. Luigi Cabrini, Director Sustainable Development of Tourism

A word from the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) The importance of biological diversity to human society is hard to overstate. An estimated 40 per cent of the global economy is based on biological products and processes. Tourism is a biodiversity dependent industry and recent trends and forecasts point to a spreading of tourism to new destinations. Although this may bring opportunities for economic development and poverty alleviation, it will also introduce the environmental impacts of tourism to areas which may hitherto have been unaffected by tourism development. This Guide addresses these issues in a user friendly manner. It is complemented by a range of tools and supporting materials, exercises and case studies for practical demonstration purposes, and identifies best practices that can inspire governments, development agencies, businesses, and nongovernmental organisations to ensure that biodiversity conservation and poverty reduction goals go hand in hand. It is our hope that you will build on these tools and make sustainable tourism development a reality by implementing concrete sustainability practices in your activities. Arab Hoballah, Chief Sustainable Consumption and Production Branch/UNEP-DTIE iii

FOREWORD

A word from the World Tourism Organization (UNWTO)

INTRODUCTION

Flickr.com/unwiredben

Purpose and scope of the guide The effects of tourism are often compared to that of fire: it can cook your food and heat your home, but it can also burn the house down. Tourism provides employment and income opportunities (some estimates point to 10% of the global job market), can finance protected areas and raise awareness of visitors and hosts, and often has fewer environmental impacts than other industry sectors. On the other hand, it consumes significant amounts of natural resources and can degrade ecosystems, may raise the cost of living for local people, may degrade local culture and sell it as a “commodity”, and its revenues may flow out of the destination with few local benefits. The ultimate effects of tourism on a community and a destination depend, among other things, on the sensitivity of the environment, the policy and legal framework under which it occurs, the technologies used, and on the capacity of its many stakeholders to manage impacts and steer development towards sustainability (see examples on pages 3-4). The conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity can and must be incorporated into tourism development policies and strategies that bring social and economic benefits to host communities. This Good Practice Guide aims to provide stakeholders with the tools to make the tourism sector more biodiversityfriendly, and more socially just. It addresses the links between tourism development, biological diversity conservation, and development / poverty reduction. It aims to raise awareness of the suite of sustainable tourism tools which have been tested globally and have demonstrated benefits to biodiversity and development. It is not restricted to any particular segment of the industry – all tourism should be sustainable. Due to the inter-governmental nature of the Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity (SCBD), the primarily target audience for the guide is government officers and decisionmakers in the ministries and agencies related to tourism (at global, regional, national and local levels). The material presented can also be useful to corporate and NGO planners, as well as bi– and multi-lateral development cooperation agencies. Readers can make use of the tools by consulting the supplementary Resources section (see p. 39). 1

▪ Outline the status and trends of global tourism in terms of its effects on biodiversity and development; ▪ Introduce public decision-makers to the available toolbox of techniques, technologies and procedures that optimize the social and environmental contributions of tourism and minimize negative impacts; ▪ Introduce good practices on the interface between tourism, development and biodiversity; ▪ Assist Parties to the CBD in establishing tourism development policies, strategies, plans and projects that consider poverty reduction and biodiversity; ▪ Provide suggestions for organising tourism training and workshop sessions; ▪ Provide a checklist of good-practices to assess the degree to which the recommendations of the guide have been adopted in a specific destination, region, or country; ▪ Provide sources and references where readers can find more detailed information.

Guide components:

Note: Links between the Booklet and CD ROM Powerpoint presentation are indicated throughout the Booklet.

i INTRODUCTION

1. Booklet: Tourism for Nature and Development: A Good Practice Guide 2. CD ROM (contained in Booklet sleeve). The CD ROM includes PDF versions of the booklet, key reference materials, and a summary slide presentation, which has been included as a tool for tourism planners to share this information in training sessions, workshops, strategic planning meetings, etc. Users can prepare their own presentation by selecting and/or editing each slide.

>> LINK: Slide X

Tourism, biodiversity and poverty reduction

Biodiversity can be described as the diversity of life on Earth. Simply put, biodiversity is the variety of all living things, the places they inhabit, and the interaction between the two. Biodiversity is directly responsible for around 40% of the world’s economy, particularly in sectors such as agriculture and forestry, and for ecosystem services such as clean water and soil fertility. 70% of the world’s poor live in rural areas and depend directly on biodiversity for their survival and well-being. Biodiversity is a key tourism asset for developing countries The interrelations between of tourism, biodiversity conservation and poverty reduction can be illustrated on three sides of a triangle (see Figure 1). Many tourism attractions in developing countries are closely linked to biodiversity, such as protected areas, beaches and islands, and traditional ways of life. In fact, biodiversity may well be one of the competitive advantages some developing countries have in regards to tourism. Moreover, developing countries control the largest proportion of global biodiversity, and many of the megadiverse developing countries are also mainstream tourism destinations with over 5 million international arrivals per year (e.g. South Africa, Peru, Mexico, and Brazil). Tourism is one of the most dynamic economic sectors in many developing countries, and these countries are receiving an increasing share of the international tourism market — currently 40% of international arrivals, up from 34% in 2000 (see Table 1). International tourist arrivals reached 924 million in 2008, up 2% on 2007 (UNWTO 2009), while international tourism receipts for 2007 registered US $856 billion (data for 2008 not yet available). The contribution of the travel and tourism economy to total global employment was estimated at 238,277,000 jobs in 2008, or 1 in 12 jobs worldwide (WTTC n.d.). 3

INTRODUCTION

The guide will:

EXAMPLE / Tracing the tourism dollar (Tanzania) Tanzania has been a success story in tourism growth having seen more than a 10-fold increase in tourist numbers between 1990 and 2007, from less than 100,000 to approximately 1,000,000 annual visitors. Tourist foreign exchange earnings have increased from about US$150,000 to US$725,000 annually over the same time period. The Netherlands Development Organisation SNV and the British Overseas Development Institute (ODI) recently undertook a pro-poor value chain analysis of two main tourism attractions in Tanzania: mountain climbing at Mount Kilimanjaro and game viewing / safari in the Serengeti-Ngorongoro-Lake Manyara-Tarangire area. The study was undertaken to trace the existing tourist expenditures and recommend ways to maximise positive impacts of tourism on the poor.

Flickr.com/Elevated

INTRODUCTION

Porters at Mount Kilimanjaro, Tanzania

Climbing Mount Kilimanjaro and going on Safari in Northern Tanzania both deliver significant pro-poor benefits. With 35,000 annual climbers at Kilimanjaro, the total in-country expenditure reaches almost US$ 50 million per year. Of this, 28% is considered to be pro-poor (US$ 13 million). Ensuring that the climbing staff have a reasonable share in the value they are creating, is critical to enhancing the pro-poor impact of mountain-climbing tourism. On the northern safari circuit, an estimated 300,000 tourists contribute to a total in-country expenditure of US$ 550 million per year. Approximately 19% of total safari tourist expenditure is pro-poor expenditure â&#x20AC;&#x201C; this amounts to about US$ 100 million per year. In this sector of the industry, the most effective ways of increasing benefit flows to the poor are to ensure funds allocated by the protected area management to community development serve to benefit the local community. There is considerable opportunity to better link poor local producers into the hotel food supply chain. The craft and accommodation sectors could also probably generate larger pro-poor benefits than at present. (Source: Steck, B (SNV) and ODI 2009) 3

Flickr.com/M.Winterburn

Bukit Lawang in North Sumatra (Indonesia) is an active ecotourism village which hosts an orang-utan rehabilitation center. The center was created in 1973 with support from WWF and Indonesiaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Nature Conservation Service, with the aim to reverse the decline of orang-utan, which were widely targeted and traded, and re-integrate animals into the forest ecosystem. The rehabilitation center became a major tourism attraction with visitation rising from 4,000 in 1976, to over 18,000 visitors by 1992. By 1997, the siteâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s popularity had grown to 8,000 visits on weekends. Dense forest between the rehabilitation center and Bukit Lawang had served as an adequate buffer. The rapid increase in tourists and visitors, however, resulted in numerous development activities that reduced the size of the buffer forest. It resulted in noise, litter and the increased risk of epidemic diseases. Additionally, rehabilitated apes failed to self-support in the rainforest due to human feeding and human dependence. As a result of these developments, the Ministry of Forestry decreed the orang-utan center to close down as a rehabilitation center. The rapid expansion of ecotourism resulted in biodiversity damage through the overuse of trails, as well as a reduction in the habitat area for animal species. Similarly, targeting of orang-utan for sale to tourists and to local markets threatened the sustainable rehabilitation of species in the ecosystem. Rapid tourism expansion also led in the 1980s and 1990s to the development of hotels, restaurants, and other tourism-related enterprises. The use of local construction material from river beds and forests diminished the quality and value of the ecosystem as a tourism site. The Bukit Lawang example illustrates that tourism development can proceed much faster than local readiness to institute sustainable ecotourism. There is increasing realisation that land-use zoning by functional category, monitoring, institutional coordination and organization, and outlining local responsibilities of development and conservation are key to revitalizing Bukit Lawang as a sustainable ecotourism center. (Source: SCBD 2008) 4

INTRODUCTION

EXAMPLE / Challenges in tourism development (Indonesia)

INTRODUCTION

>> LINK: Slide 3

Tourism, biodiversity and poverty reduction Biodiversity can be described as the diversity of life on Earth. Simply put, biodiversity is the variety of all living things, the places they inhabit, and the interaction between the two. Biodiversity is directly responsible for around 40% of the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s economy, particularly in sectors such as agriculture and forestry, and for ecosystem services such as clean water and soil fertility. 70% of the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s poor live in rural areas and depend directly on biodiversity for their survival and well-being. Biodiversity is a key tourism asset for developing countries The interrelations between of tourism, biodiversity conservation and poverty reduction can be illustrated on three sides of a triangle (see Figure 1). Many tourism attractions in developing countries are closely linked to biodiversity, such as protected areas, beaches and islands, and traditional ways of life. In fact, biodiversity may well be one of the competitive advantages some developing countries have in regards to tourism. Moreover, developing countries control the largest proportion of global biodiversity, and many of the megadiverse developing countries are also mainstream tourism destinations with over 5 million international arrivals per year (e.g. South Africa, Peru, Mexico, and Brazil). Tourism is one of the most dynamic economic sectors in many developing countries, and these countries are receiving an increasing share of the international tourism market â&#x20AC;&#x201D; currently 40% of international arrivals, up from 34% in 2000 (see Table 1). Table 1: International Tourism Income (in billion US$) (Source: UNWTO 2008) 1990

2000

2006

Growth rate

World

264

474

733

177%

High Income Countries

221

352

511

131%

Developing Countries

122

222

416%

International tourist arrivals reached 924 million in 2008, up 2% on 2007 (UNWTO 2009 a), while international tourism receipts for 2007 registered US $856 billion (data for 2008 not yet available). The contribution of the travel and tourism economy to total global employment was estimated at 238,277,000 jobs in 2008, or 1 in 12 jobs worldwide (WTTC n.d.). 5

Tourists often take advantage of natural landscapes, including national parks, coastal environments and mountainous regions â&#x20AC;&#x201C; all of which harbour significant biodiversity. A clean environment is each touristâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s expectation, and many tourists will not return to polluted or degraded destinations.

Developing countries are receiving an increasing share of a growing international tourism market.

SUSTAINABLE TOURISM

Tourism services within developing countries provide opportunities for many economic activities and wealth creation at the local and regional level. BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION

POVERTY REDUCTION

Figure 1: Tourism, poverty and conservation

The tourism industry is a particularly important sector for women (46% of the workforce are women) and youth (IUCN n.d.). Flickr.com/Marth de Jong-Lantink

Developing countries possess the largest proportion of global biodiversity, and many tourism attractions in developing countries are closely linked to biodiversity (e.g. protected areas, beaches and islands, and charismatic wildlife). Flickr.com/Eric@flickr

INTRODUCTION

Biodiversity is a vital asset to the tourism industry.

Conservation of biological diversity must be incorporated into tourism development policies and strategies that bring social and economic benefits to host communities.

>> LINK: Slide 5

Ecosystem services required by the tourism sector

Flickr.com/Travelling Pooh

INTRODUCTION

Ecosystems provide us numerous benefits or â&#x20AC;&#x153;ecosystem servicesâ&#x20AC;? (see Table 2). Forests provide wood for construction and fuel, regulate climate, purify water, and house genetic resources. River systems provide freshwater, recreation, power, and a food supply. Coastal wetlands help mitigate against flooding, filter waste, and serve as nurseries for fisheries. These ecosystem services not only deliver the basic material needs for survival, but also underlie other aspects of a good life, including health, security, good social relations and freedom of choice. The tourism industry is dependent on a wide variety of ecosystem services. Tourist activities in coastal areas often focus on diverse marine resources such as coral reefs, whales, and birdlife, and require clean water resources for activities such as swimming and scuba diving. Tourism revolving around wildlife viewing (e.g. safari) requires intact and healthy ecosystems in order to support species populations. National parks are often located in forested and mountainous areas and rely on the services of functioning ecosystems to provide visitors with opportunities for recreational, educational, and cultural experiences. The Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (MEA) (MEA 2005), a scientific undertaking involving over 1300 experts working in 95 countries, examined the state of 24 services that make a direct contribution to human well-being (see Table 2). The MEA concluded that 15 of 24 are in decline, including provision of fresh water, marine fishery production, and the number and quality of places of spiritual and religious value. The MEA reported that the demand for recreational use of landscapes is increasing, and that areas are being increasingly managed for this use. Within the MEA sub-global assessments, cultural services of tourism and recreation were measured to be in good condition and growing, though some assessments identified concerns about tourist activities potentially reducing the capacity of ecosystems to continue to provide this cultural service. Many naturally occurring features of the landscape (e.g. coral reefs) have been degraded as resources for recreation (see In Focus, p.8). 7

MEA 2005

Cultural Services

▪ Food, Fiber and Fuel ▪ Genetic Resources ▪ Biochemicals ▪ Fresh Water

▪ Spiritual and religious values ▪ Knowledge system ▪ Education / inspiration ▪ Recreation and aesthetic value

Regulating Services

Supporting Services

▪ Invasion resistance ▪ Herbivory ▪ Pollination ▪ Seed dispersal ▪ Climate regulation ▪ Pest regulation ▪ Disease regulation ▪ Natural hazard protection ▪ Erosion regulation ▪ Water purification

▪ Primary production ▪ Provision of habitat ▪ Nutrient cycling ▪ Soil formation and retention ▪ Production of atmospheric oxygen ▪ Water cycling

In Focus > Dive Tourism and Coral Reefs Nature-based tourism and dive tourism produce much of the economic value of coral reefs—an estimated $30 billion each year. Studies indicate that the economic value of coastal ecosystems as tourism destinations is strongly correlated to local environmental conditions. As reef ecosystems are degraded, nature-based tourism industries stand at risk. Destruction of coral reefs in Jamaica and Barbados, for example, has resulted in dramatic declines in visitation and revenue loss, which in turn has led to social unrest (MEA 2005). The value of coral reefs is estimated between US$100,000 and $600,000 per square kilometre a year. Meanwhile, the estimated costs of protecting them, through the management costs of a marine protected area, is just US$775 per square kilometre per year (UNEP-WCMC 2006). Flickr.com/Sam and Ian

Provisioning Services

INTRODUCTION

Table 2: Ecosystem goods and services

INTRODUCTION

>> LINK: Slide 7

Environmental impacts of tourism: A snapshot Tourism can have a variety of negative impacts on biodiversity, particularly when carried out without management standards designed to protect natural assets. Infrastructure: Tourism development usually demands some form of infrastructure, which can result in significant alteration of natural habitats. The problem is compounded by the fact that tourism often occurs in areas of high biodiversity, such as coastal zones, mountains and protected areas. Uncontrolled mass tourism is one of the main drivers behind coastal degradation (UNEP and CI 2003). Resource use and depletion: Tourism consumes as much energy as the country of Japan (UNEP 2005), and uses more than three times the volume of fresh water contained in Lake Superior (between Canada and the United States) a year (10 million cubic metres). Tourism development may concentrate local resource use in smaller areas and undermine local resource management systems (UNEP and CI 2003). Water Pollution: New infrastructure developments often lead to increased sewerage pollution. This can have severe negative impacts on coastal biodiversity, particularly in areas with coral reefs (UNEP and CI 2003). Tourism activities: The activities of tourists and operators can lead to negative impacts on local environments. Coral reefs can be damaged by careless divers, boats, or by entrepreneurs who sell pieces of coral as souvenirs (UNEP and CI 2003). Waste: Tourism produces 35 million tonnes of solid waste yearly, roughly equivalent to that of the country of France (UNEP and CI 2003). Climate change: Carbon dioxide emissions from the tourism sectorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s transport, accommodation and other activities are estimated to account for 4 to 6% of total global emissions (UNWTO et al. 2007). 4-6% of global emissions is approximately equivalent to the total emissions of Canada, Brazil and South Korea combined (WRI n.d.). 9

Flickr.com/Jonas in China

Revenue raising for local communities: Tourism is an opportunity for business development and job creation, as well as for stimulation of investment and support for local services, even in remote communities. Education / awareness raising: Tourism can help promote conservation by raising awareness amongst visitors through welldesigned interpretation programmes. It can raise the profile of biodiversity conservation at national and local levels. Sustainable land management: Tourism can become a force for more sustainable land management in all parts of the world by providing additional or alternative forms of livelihood for farmers and rural communities that are dependent on well maintained natural resources.

Dana Nature Reserve, Jordan

Strengthening cultural appreciation: Sustainable tourism can provide self-esteem and incentives for maintaining traditional arts and crafts, traditional knowledge, and practices that contribute to the sustainable use of biological diversity. Yet, interactions between tourism and local cultural values can be complex, and tourism development can lead to the loss of access by indigenous and local communities to their land and resources as well as sacred sites. Economic incentives for habitat protection: Tourism can bring tangible economic value to natural and cultural resources. This can result in direct income from visitor spending for their conservation, and an increase in support for conservation from local communities. Tourism already makes a major direct contribution to income for protected areas and other attractions, through entry fees, permits, concessions, etc., which can be invested in capacity building programmes for local communities to manage protected areas. (Source: UNEP and UNWTO 2005 and SCBD n.d.) 10

INTRODUCTION

Yet, sustainable tourism can also result in significant positive impacts for biodiversity conservation, while also delivering social and economic benefits to host communities.

>> LINK: Slide 10

Tourism, development and poverty reduction

Flickr.com/Marth de Jong-Lantink

INTRODUCTION

Tourism generates jobs and business opportunities for host populations, and can help reduce or eliminate poverty. Tourism is now a huge contributor to the economies of many island nations, particularly in the Caribbean, the Mediterranean, East Africa and the Pacific. In 2008, travel and tourism contributed 14.8% of the Caribbeanâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Gross Domestic Product and 2.15 million jobs, representing 12.9% of total employment. Over the subsequent ten years, these figures have been predicted to rise (WTTC 2009). Tourism can have significant pro-poor impacts in Small Island Developing States (SIDS). In 2004, total tourist arrivals to the 49 SIDS (both air and sea) was estimated at just over 27 million people, compared to approximately 11 million people in 1988. This translates into a cumulative increase of 145% over the 16-year period or 9% per annum. The number of people working in jobs directly related to tourism has risen from 488,000 in 1988, to almost 900,000 in 2004. Given the small size of the labour market in most SIDS, such job growth can substantially reduce unemployment in these countries (Craigwell 2007). How can tourism benefit the poor? Tourism is labour-intensive compared to other many other sectors, has high female and youth employment ratios, and is not necessarily import intensive. The sector has low barriers to entry, and encompasses a range of enterprises that provide opportunities for economic linkages in the local economy. The private sector and governments can take steps to strengthen the pro-poor benefits of tourism. Companies can develop stronger economic linkages, either by adapting their supply chain, or by stimulating local tourism service-providers and cultural products. There is a range of partnership models for local people to engage with tourism businesses, often utilising their land or resource rights. Governments can boost opportunities for participation by the poor by investing in improving hospitality skills, strengthening community or local tenure over resources, small business support, and infrastructure for tourist transport and services in poor areas. Governments can also create incentives for companies to invest and operate in pro-poor ways, by adapting their licensing, concessioning, and marketing policies (ODI 2005). 11

The ST-EP approach is to formulate policies for the planning and operation of tourism facilities and destinations that: 1. Employ more poor people in tourism enterprises; 2. Support local enterprises that supply goods and services to tourism Raffia basket vendor, Madagascar enterprises and that have specific policies for employing the poor; 3. Facilitate direct sales of goods and services to visitors by the poor (informal economy); 4. Support the establishment and running of local small-, medium-sized, and community-based, tourism enterprises by the poor linked to larger products and distribution chains; 5. Institute fees on tourism income or profits with proceeds benefiting social projects to assist the poor; 6. Encourage and promote voluntary giving / support by tourism enterprises and tourists; and 7. Ensure that investment in infrastructure stimulated by tourism also benefits the poor in the locality, directly or through support to other sectors. >> ADDITIONAL RESOURCES ▪ Tourism and Poverty Alleviation: Recommendations for Action (UNWTO 2004). ▪ Poor Tourism Partnership: A collaborative research initiative between the International Centre for Responsible Tourism, the International Institute for Environment and Development, and the Overseas Development Institute (see PPT n.d.). 12

INTRODUCTION

SCBD / Eric Belvaux

Aware of the potential of tourism to reduce poverty, and acting on the concerns of member countries, the World Tourism Organization (UNWTO) launched the ST-EP (Sustainable Tourism—Eliminating Poverty) Foundation in 2003, with support from the Government of the Republic of Korea. The Dutch cooperation agency SNV, Government of Italy, and others provide financial support to the programme. Currently, ST-EP is implementing 75 projects and has an additional 100 projects under development (see ST-EP n.d.).

>> LINK: Slide 11

Some current trends relevant to global tourism, nature and development ▪ There is an increasing awareness at the level of governments of the social, economic and environmental importance of the tourism sector, and of the impacts it causes on destinations. Tourism has been growing consistently and has shown a measure of resilience, even through the various crisis situations of the recent past (e.g. terrorism, spread of contagious diseases, and regional conflicts). Though most tourism still flows from developed to developed countries, the industry is more multi-polar today than it has ever been, i.e. the percentage of tourism revenues flowing from developed to developing countries is growing consistently. The growth (rate and volume) of international tourism arrivals to Asia, for example, has far surpassed any other destination in the last 10 years.

Flickr.com/Marth de Jong-Lantink

INTRODUCTION

▪ Globally, the responsibilities of governments in tourism development have tended to become more decentralized, with many mandates being gradually devolved to local levels of governance. Tourism is also a cross-cutting sector, and requires multi-stakeholder arrangements to be effective (see Figure 2 and Table 3). Successful and sustainable destinations require destination management organizations whose governance structures balance the interests of all major local groups. While this is primarily a positive development (allowing for more adaptive management and quicker responses), it raises the challenge of building the capacity of municipal and provincial governments to engage all significant social actors, moderate negotiations for the common good and manage tourism sustainably. ▪ Tourism cannot work in a vacuum — tourism needs to be connected to the economic fabric of a destination, and needs to address the needs of local communities. Sustainable tourism requires infrastructure that involves collective investment and complex supply chains. A high dependency on tourism revenues has shown to be a risk for development, and many destinations lose significant revenues due to leakage, i.e. money flows out to import the goods needed by tourists. Many destinations have set up Local Agenda 21 processes to ensure that tourism is integrated into sustainable

UNEP and UNWTO 2005

Table 3: Areas of government influencing the sustainability of tourism Tourism

Overall development, coordination and implementation of tourism policy. Support for tourism development, management and marketing.

Prime Ministerial office

Tourismâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s position within the overall balance of policies and priorities.

Finance

Level of budgetary resources allocated to tourism. Tax policy. Currency exchange rules.

Trade

Terms of trade negotiations. Export and investment promotion.

Economic Development

Sustainable development policies. Support for enterprises, particularly SMEs.

Environment and Natural Resources

Regulation and control of environmental impact. Conservation of biodiversity. Protected area management. Management of resources for ecotourism.

Transport

Accessibility, signage and information, traffic management and infrastructure.

Culture

Management of historic and cultural heritage, promotion of handicraft.

Agriculture

Rural development and supply chain issues.

Education

Tourism, hospitality, language training, and information technology.

Health

Safety and social security issues, for visitors and employees.

Sport and Recreation

Promotion of attractions, activities, events, etc. Elements of domestic market.

Internal Affairs

Crime and security. Child protection.

Foreign Affairs

Source country-destination relationships. Visa requirements. 14

INTRODUCTION

development plans, and the CBDâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s ecosystem-based approach has been applied in many sustainable tourism destinations, to ensure that the needs of all players are considered. Tourism cannot bear the costs alone of all needed investments to manage the continuity of ecosystem services such as water, energy, food, and leisure.

INTRODUCTION

i Some current trends relevant to global tourism, nature and development ▪ In recent years technological solutions to most of the environmental challenges in tourism have been applied and tested. It is no longer necessary to develop sustainable tourism technologies anew, but rather adapt existing and tested solutions to each case. Sustainable energy, water and waste management in the tourism industry have been the subject of several publications by UNEP’s Division of Technology, Industry and Economics (see UNEP n.d.). Conservation International’s Center for Environmental Leadership in Business has published several references papers on marine recreation, cruise ships and the siting, design and construction of resort facilities (see CI n.d. a). Meanwhile, IUCN has published a manual on biodiversity-friendly hotels (IUCN 2008), and the International Business Leadership Forum’s Tourism Partnership has produced a handbook on environmental management for hotels (see ITP n.d.). Different techniques for planning and minimizing visitor impact are described in the CBD’s User Manual for the CBD Guidelines (SCBD 2007, p. 25). ▪ Tourism has traditionally been a source of financing for protected areas, and this contribution is growing (see Eagles and Hillel 2008). Recognising the CBD’s ambitious protected area targets (between 10 and 12% of all relevant ecosystems legally protected by 2010 and 2015, respectively for terrestrial and marine ecosystems, see SCBD 2006), and the funding gaps between available and needed resources, many CBD Parties are proposing to increase the flow of resources from tourism to protected areas through concessions, enhancement of attractions and equipment, marketing, and capacity building for park agencies. Visitation revenues and tourism partnerships are particularly targeted as funding sources in developing destinations. ▪ There is an increased awareness, on the part of tourists, of the need for sustainability. Tourists are making more ethical choices and becoming more interested in addressing negative developments such as child prostitution, alienation of indigenous and local communities from the benefits of tourism, economic leakages, and environmental degradation of destinations. Tourists usually feel that a clean environment and absence of social conflict are essential conditions for traveling. Tourists may be willing to pay only for those improvements that result in a direct enhancement of their experience (as opposed to supporting general environmental conservation activities, or social projects). If fee structures are enforced, tourists and tour operators tend to demand full transparency and accountability of funds invested. 15

▪ The effort towards sustainability in tourism, and the occasional practice of “greenwashing”, has resulted in a proliferation of ecolabels, buzzwords and even certification schemes, often confusing consumers who are willing to “make a difference” through their travel choices. Sustainable labels and seals still compose less than 1% of overall global tourism market, however, which makes their economic feasibility uncertain, and leads to mergers or the closing of initiatives. ▪ Tourism is a particularly important sector for women, who compose 46% of the tourism labour force (which is higher than in the workforce in general, where 34-40% are women. Where tourism is a more mature industry, women’s participation is about 50% (IUCN n.d.).

TOUR OPERATORS (In-bound & out-bound) TRAVEL AGENCIES AND TRAVEL PORTALS

REGULATORY BODIES

ACCOMMODATIONS (e.g. Hotels, Inns & B&Bs) TOURISM INDUSTRY

CONFERENCE / EXHIBITION ORGANISORS

OTHER INDUSTRY PLAYERS

Figure 2: Schematic representing cross-sectoral nature of the Tourism industry 16

INTRODUCTION

▪ As part of the global challenge of biodiversity loss (see MEA 2005), there are clear and growing threats to the basic natural tourism attractions – pristine beaches, healthy coral reefs, and megafauna / charismatic species. The enjoyment of natural beauty is becoming more of a luxury product.

The elements of good tourism practice

GOOD PRACTICES

A tourist destination is a complex of attractions, equipment, infrastructure, facilities, businesses, resources, and local communities, which combine to offer tourists products and experiences they seek. Sustainable governance of tourism development in a destination is a complex process involving the private sector as its main engine (developers, financers, landowners, managing companies, franchisees, and operators), all levels of government and a number of public agencies, interest groups of residents (including indigenous and local communities), and NGOs from local to global. Development that integrates biodiversity conservation and poverty reduction, and balances all relevant interests, is led most effectively by local players. Decisions taken far away from the local realities of destinations tend to be less effective and may alienate local stewards, lead to “white elephants”, unfulfilled expectations and uncontrolled development. On the other hand, local action plans without adequate coordination with provincial or national guidelines, or without the enabling policy tools and a normative environment that can guide the right kind of development, may also lead to environmental degradation and inadequate distribution of benefits. From a decision maker’s point of view, therefore, the central tool for the sustainable development of tourism is arguably the site or destination plan. It is a complex document that arises out of a careful planning process, and must be revised regularly as development unfolds in order to ensure adaptive management. This is not to say that the other tools presented in this guide are not as important – policies and strategies set the course of development and define an institutional framework; the planning process allows various stakeholders to agree on common values and objectives; while monitoring and statistical processes provide feedback on the effectiveness of management agencies to achieve their goals. It is at the level of destinations, however, that the campaign for biodiversity and development will ultimately succeed or fail. When the stakeholders in a tourist destination work with local authorities to facilitate governance of tourism development, and to address its social, economic and ecological impacts, the result is a Destination Management Organization (DMO). A site or destination plan is the main instrument a DMO uses to set its goals and guide development. The relation between the various tools available to decisions makers to make tourism more sustainable is shown in Figure 3. Descriptions of each tool, case studies, and references are presented in the subsequent sections. 17

POLICY AND STRATEGY TOOLS PLANNING PROCESS (PRINCIPLES AND GUIDELINES)

ECONOMIC AND MARKET TOOLS

GOOD PRACTICES

DESTINATION OR SITE PLANS

MONITORING AND REPORTING TOOLS

IMPLEMENTATION

SUSTAINABLE TOURISM PROJECTS

STAKEHOLDERS >>

LEGAL AND NORMATIVE TOOLS

GOVERNMENTS

CAPACITY BUILDING TOOLS

PRIVATE SECTOR

NGOs

COMMUNICATIONS AND MARKETING TOOLS

COMMUNITIES

TOURISTS

Figure 3: Schematic of the tools for sustainable tourism. 18

Flickr.com/Marth de Jong-Lantink

GOOD PRACTICES

Policy and strategy tools > The planning process: standards, guidelines, principles and codes Sustainable tourism does not happen by itself. In fact, several factors can work against sustainability. The needs of tourists, for example, are different from those of local residents, and planners may tend to prioritize the expectations of customers. Competition for resources between locals and tourists may cause inflation and overexploitation of resources. The level and speed of tourism development are often imposed by central planners, and may be unsustainable. Long-haul air travel is another factor which challenges sustainability of the tourism sector — a single return ticket from North America to Western Europe produces the carbon equivalent of several decades of average emissions from a non-traveling citizen of some of the world’s least developed countries (WLT n.d.). Some advocates argue that this would be a case against longer air travel, and advise discriminating travelers to choose destinations close to home. On the other hand, travel to developing destinations can bring the necessary economic resources for residents to manage resources sustainably. Emerging destinations often argue that using biodiversity sustainably through international tourism is one of the most effective ways of preserving it, and that avoiding long-haul travel would in fact jeopardize the survival of critical biodiversity. There are a variety of methods to manage the different impacts of tourism (e.g. see EUHOFA et al. 2001, p. 37 for a list of impacts, and SCBD (2007) (p. 25) for a description of planning tools to address them). Sustainable tourism requires multistakeholder planning, an enabling policy framework, a legislative and normative framework, ongoing collaboration with the host communities and the private sector, and capacity building for individuals and institutions. Recognizing the opportunities presented by tourism in the context of the Convention on Biodiversity, the Parties to the Convention adopted the Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development in 2004. The CBD Guidelines outline the tourism planning process in 12 logical and sequential steps (see Figure 4). Checklists to monitor a plan’s implementation are provided in the CBD User’s manual (SCBD 2007, see p. 87). Many other guidelines exist, such as UNWTO’s Global Code 19

Planning Vision & Goals Objectives

Participation Adaptive Management

Baseline Information

Monitoring

Legislation & Control Measures

Impact Assessment Impact Management Decision making

Implementation

Figure 4: The planning cycle for integrated tourism

and biodiversity planning.

Another difficulty is that as governments change and alternate through elections, policies supported by one group may fall â&#x20AC;&#x153;out of graceâ&#x20AC;? and may be discarded, regardless of their effectiveness. For policies to become integrated into government procedures, the engagement and support of the private sector, and the commitment of career and technical government staff, NGOs and different groups of politicians are necessary to create multi-stakeholder alliances that allow smooth transition and adaptation during changes in government. 20

GOOD PRACTICES

One consistent barrier in developing and implementing policy tools in tourism is that the complex interactions of its numerous stakeholders and its decentralized nature make governance a challenge. In particular, the coordination of the mandates and attributions of government stakeholders in the different agencies involved in tourism requires special attention. UNEP and UNWTO (2005, p. 51) list relevant agencies that need to be brought together for sustainable tourism.

Reproduced from SCBD 2007 / Richard Tapper

of Ethics (UNWTO 2001), and the Global Sustainable Tourism Criteria (GSTC n.d.) supported by the Rainforest Alliance, UN Foundation, UNEP and UNWTO. The GSTC (n.d.) also serves as a benchmarking tool for training, ecolabels and certification schemes. Based on their objectives and means, decision-makers can choose which set of guidelines applies best to a given situation. Alternatively, they can develop their own set of guidelines through participative planning, thereby increasing buy-in and empowering stakeholders to manage impacts.

>> LINK: Slide 13

If site or destination plans are the “what” of sustainable tourism, tourism policies and strategies are the “how” – they reflect the ways and means to achieve the goals and milestones for sustainability. Policies often refer to institutional setups that allow governance of tourism development. Policies may not be site-specific and may apply across all of a country’s area, while strategies are more action-oriented and often linked to a destination or region. Complementing the site/ destination plan, policies and strategies describe a future desired state (vision) and detail the necessary steps to achieve that goal.

Flickr.com/Marth de Jong-Lantink

GOOD PRACTICES

Policy and strategy tools > Sustainable tourism development policies and strategies

Elephant safari, Vietnam

Governments are essential in moderating negotiations between different interest groups. However, different agencies and ministries also tend to represent different groups of stakeholders, and there is a need for consistency in the inter-relation between different policies and strategies (tourism, poverty reduction and biodiversity), and levels of government.

Under this item, the tools to be used include tourism policies, inter-ministerial and inter-agency cooperation mechanisms, partnerships that allow park agencies to work with industry and retain parts of revenues for conservation and local development, and training for professionals and communities. Continuity is a challenge for sustainable tourism development policies and strategies, with political evolutions and alternating parties. Inter-ministerial working groups, multi-partisan agreements and institutionalized multi-stakeholder committees can act as stewards for strategies and policies, allowing for better governance of sustainable tourism across successive mandates and transitions, but these alliances require constant revalidation, mobilization and negotiations. 21

CASE STUDY / National ecotourism strategy and action plan (Bulgaria) Flickr.com/G.e.o.r.g.e

Central Balkan National Park

Some of the key aspects of the NEASP include: 1. Support for institutional development through the strengthening of the National Ecotourism Working Group, a multi-stakeholder body which oversees implementation, review and updating of the plan; 2. emphasis on networking between enterprises and between tourism and other sectors at a local level; and 3. emphasis on business development through training, assistance packages, quality assurance schemes and branding. A number of instruments to support implementation of the plan have been developed, including a guidance manual for ecotourism product development, as well as a system of indicators to measure the impact of ecotourism products. Two important legislative changes have also supported the implementation the NESAP: 1. The ability to award contracts to small tourism operators within protected areas, with earned revenue contributing to protected area management; and 2. Local government laws were changed so that tax revenue from tourism remains in the municipality and must be dedicated towards tourism-related infrastructure. Tourism development, as well as local and regional promotion of natural and heritage conservation, has grown at a rapid pace in the past five years. (Source: UNEP & UNWTO 2005, updated) 22

GOOD PRACTICES

Development of Bulgariaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s National Ecotourism Strategy and Action Plan (NESAP) was initiated in 2002 by the Bulgarian government in an effort to create opportunities for economic growth for communities situated near protected areas, strengthen local support for conservation and contribute to rural sustainable development. The NESAP was produced following two years of extensive stakeholder participation, including the participation of tourism associations, conservations NGOs and the Foundation for Local Government Reform. Twelve ecotourism regions were defined, based on geography and protected areas/cultural heritage sites, from which regional associations were established and prepared 12 regional ecotourism action programmes. The National Ecotourism Strategy provided the basis for the regional associations and action programmes, which in turn, provided significant input into the resulting National Ecotourism Action Plan.

>> LINK: Slide 15

Flickr.com/Marth de Jong-Lantink

GOOD PRACTICES

Policy and strategy tools > Sustainable tourism destination plans Destination Plans (also known as Master Plans) are usually site- or destinationspecific and describe a future state and process (e.g. required human resource, facility and infrastructure development) to achieve a desired vision. As priorities identified in a destination plan vary over time, it must be treated as a living document. Experience shows that after 3-5 years, destination plans that do not evolve lose their relevance and are either updated or shelved. Destination Plans include the following elements: ▪ An inventory of attractions, equipment, and other factors affecting a destination; ▪ An examination of the circumstances that mold and influence future development; ▪ A strategic analysis of bottlenecks, strengths, weaknesses, threats and opportunities in relation to the destination’s competition; ▪ An examination of market trends and resident needs/expectations; ▪ An assessment of the status and future needs in human resources and labour at all levels; ▪ Proposed design and architectural guidelines for desired future development (defining priorities in terms of sites and investment attraction, building requirements and design principles, scale of development and tourism hubs, infrastructure requirements, products and marketing plans); ▪ An assessment of all existing and potential social, economic and environmental impacts from tourism, and mitigating and outreach strategies; ▪ Consideration of payback mechanisms for maintenance (or restoration) of ecosystem services. Economic and ecological zoning and land-use development plans are usually part of destination planning. Preparing a destination plan requires extensive consultation, comprehensive collection of information and a deep understanding of resources, social and political dynamics, and the relative influence of different interest groups. Some of the most relevant implementation activities may be organized into separate projects for ease of fundraising and management. 23

CASE STUDY / Master planning as a tool for effective destination management (Croatia) Flickr.com / retro traveler

Croatia has emerged as a leader in terms of tourism development in Southeastern Europe (SEE), with economic activity generated from travel and tourism doubling that of any other country in the region in 2006. Travel and tourism make the highest contribution to the national GDP and account for the highest share of employment, in comparison to other SEE countries.

Croatia’s tourism master planning process was initiated in 2000, and has incorporated four key principles: Plitvice Lakes National Park, Croatia ▪ Local focus: Many localities situated on the Adriatic coast (the most important tourist region of the country) developed their own master plans; ▪ Stakeholder involvement: Local Master plans were developed with the involvement of a broad network of stakeholders through a series of workshops held in cities, towns and villages ; ▪ Structure and focus: The master plans have focused on means by which competitiveness can be increased (e.g. vision and positioning, product plans, investment plans and action plans); ▪ Pragmatic orientation: The master plans all have a highly pragmatic and implementation-oriented approach (e.g. the Istrian master plan realized over 50% of its investments within the first three years of its implementation). The development of local level master plans has been identified as a key factor of success in building a competitive tourism industry in Croatia. (Source: Cizmar and Lisjak 2007) 24

GOOD PRACTICES

Two critical success factors have been identified in the emergence of Croatia’s tourism industry. Firstly, the Croatian Government has taken an active role in developing a state-level tourism strategic framework. The second factor of success is the production of tourism development master plans on a local level within the country, focused on achieving goals in the mid-term.

>> LINK: Slide 17

Policy and strategy tools > Sustainable tourism projects

Flickr.com/macgerry

GOOD PRACTICES

Once destination plans for a destination are complete, sub-components of the plan may be packaged as specific projects, as a strategy to facilitate fundraising, management and evaluation. A governance structure needs to be set up for each project, as a component of the overall plan, taking into account the mandates, capacities and interests of different agencies and players. One of the most common mistakes in project design is that planners fail to consider the motivation of local players, and to set reasonable goals from the perspective of residents. Frequently, “outside” players hold most of the fundraising and donor engagement skills, and project design is therefore done mostly without the full participation of local players (usually, a “validation” mission is set up, where locals are at best given the chance to comment on a predetermined outline). This often leads to locals perceiving the project as an outside initiative, from which little benefit can be had in the long term. Another common and related challenge with tourism projects is that managers may underestimate the need for a “transition” phase in the latter half of a project’s life, where the goals and activities of a project get devolved to local agencies and institutions, in government, NGOs and in the private sector. All too often, after investing large amounts of resources and time, project activities cannot be transferred to ongoing institutions, and benefits from projects disappear as the project team winds down its work. Local buy-in, and consistent capacity building to address the limitations of local institutions need to be factored in from the design phase to ensure that significant components of projects live on. Finally, many sustainable tourism projects fail due to the lack of marketing experience and lack of market access. Ultimately, the private sector is the engine of tourism, and holds the experience and supply chain contacts that allow products to be sold sustainably on the marketplace. Operators, guides, agents, wholesalers and distributors need to be involved in product design, marketing and sales, as appropriate. 25

CASE STUDY / Gudigwa cultural village (Botswana)

CASE STUDY / Local Agenda 21 and resort rejuvenation (Spain) The municipality of Calvià is situated on the south coast of Mallorca, Balearic Islands, Spain, and has been a popular resort destination with approximately 1.6 million annual tourist visits. Following unsustainable tourism growth in recent decades, high human pressure on local resources and environmental degradation, tourism dropped off in the area by 20% between 1988 and 1991. In response to this a local forum of industry, government and community representatives, initiated a local action plan for the future integrated sustainable development of the Calvià region, with a particular emphasis on the tourism sector. The outcome was the Calvià Local Agenda 21 Action Plan, approved in 1997. Despite government changes in the mid-2000s, elements of the Plan, and growth regulating policy tools are still in effect in 2008. A number of environmental protection measures have resulted from the Plan including: the de-classification of 1700 hectares of land previously allocated for urban development, and removal unsustainable resort buildings; creation of a marine park and terrestrial protected areas; cessation of sea dredging, previously used to regenerate beaches; and implementation of recycling and urban waste reduction plans. Plans to institute an environmental airport fee, however, had to be scaled back due to strong resistance from the tourism trade and local residents. (UNEP & UNWTO 2005, updated) 26

GOOD PRACTICES

The NGO Conservation International (CI) and the Bugakhwe Conservation Cultural Trust initiated the Gudigwa communitybased eco-cultural tourism project (northern Botswana) in 1999 with a goal to “enable the Gudigwa community to take advantage of economic development opportunities, while preserving natural resource management goals”. The project aimed to establish a commercially viable camp which would allow visitors to experience the cultural richness of the local San community. It was envisioned that funds from business profits could be redistributed into development projects. CI was involved with the camp’s operation from its opening in 2003 until 2006, when it handed over activities to tourism operator BigFoot Safaris, who continue to operate the camp. The camp was a commercial failure under CI’s management, despite providing some positive social impacts. CI has summarized some of the “lessons learned” from the project as follows: 1. Early involvement of private sector professionals is essential to ensure value chain linkages and operational integrity; 2. Indirect incentive schemes that aim to integrate development and conservation are a challenge and must be extremely well planned; and 3. At a community level, poorly implemented tourism projects can result in benefits that are few and which do not offset individual costs, and too indirect to act as incentives for conservation. (Source: CI 2008)

>> LINK: Slide 19

Legal and normative tools

Megan Epler Wood

GOOD PRACTICES

Legal and normative tools facilitate the implementation of sustainable tourism strategies and plans, and include some of the following: ▪ Tourism laws (specifying conditions and requirements for licensing operation of hotels, tour operations and services); ▪ Requirements and norms regulating environmental impact assessments; ▪ Zoning and land-use, construction laws / codes that affect tourism development; ▪ Environmental Impact Assessments. For many local residents, particularly indigenous and traditional communities, one of the goals of legal frameworks is to enable hosts to care for the environment. Land tenure instruments that recognize ancestral domains, for instance, can help create conditions for sustainable tourism. If a community does not have rights to the land it occupies, and cannot control nor influence the management of natural resources, why would it care for negative impacts from unsustainable tourism development? Why would it contribute energy, time and resources on an issue it does not feel empowered to address? Land is also an important asset for credit, joint ventures and partnerships. One of the consistent problems with laws and norms on sustainability in developing countries is that they may not be enforced – particularly when they determine limits to tourism growth, or impose conditions (e.g. building or technology requirements, no-development zones, tour group size, etc.) on operations that cause additional costs or the perception of revenue loss. Means to address this include the politically balanced (i.e. equitable influence) involvement of stakeholders in governance structures, the joint development and enforcement of “limits of acceptable change” (see SCBD 2007, p. 25), or the provision of incentives that can redirect business to more sustainable forms. A deep understanding of the political influence and expectations of different interest groups, consistent information campaigns, and capacity building are needed to establish governance systems and negotiation platforms that can face development challenges. 27

CASE STUDY / Land use management plan and zoning regulations (Egypt) Flickr.com/Eric@Flickr

Egyptâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Red Sea coast has experienced significant growth in tourism since the early 1980s due to its abundant marine life, including coral reef systems. In 2001, the Tourism Development Authority (TDA) initiated a land use management planning and zoning process for the Southern Red Sea region, in order to manage future tourism expansion in an area known to have a high concentration of fringe reefs and protected areas. The Land Use Management Plan that was developed was based on a recognition that resources and sites within the region have different capacities to accommodate various tourism activities. Identification of key resources in the planning area, and a sensitivity analysis of those resources was undertaken in order to assign the appropriate type and level of tourism use.

Five different management zones, corresponding to differing grades of sensitivity were proposed for the planning area. The Land Use Management Plan also proposed general regulations associated with each of the management zones (e.g. stipulations on the type and density of accommodations for each zone). The zoning regulations led to the modification and in some cases cancellation of development plans in some zones. The regulations, which are based on criteria combining ecological sensitivity and economic viability, were approved by the TDA, the Egyptian Environmental Affairs Agency, and the Red Sea Governorate. The land use management plan and zoning project is a component of the Red Sea Sustainable Tourism Initiative, still active in 2009, which also includes environmental monitoring, impact assessment, disseminating information on best practices, and training and awareness. (Source: UNEP and UNWTO 2005, updated) 28

GOOD PRACTICES

The resource sensitivity assessment and land use zoning scheme were carried out according to the following steps: 1. Collection of data on conditions of each resource and subdivision of the planning area into natural sub-zones / habitats; 2. Classification of sub-zones / habitats and sensitivity to tourism use (as low, medium, or high); 3. Development of land use zoning scheme for the sub-zones, in accordance with their environmental sensitivity; 4. Development of conservation, management and development regulations for the land use management zones.

>> LINK: Slide 21

There is a lack of consistent data on global environmental impacts of tourism. UNEP and Conservation International provided some relevant estimates (UNEP CI 2003), however, more research and global statistics need to be compiled, integrated and published. For decision-makers, work under this topic includes general assessment tools (such as the Sustainable Nature-Based Tourism Assessment toolkit (Spenceley 2003) and National Geographic’s destination stewardship scorecard (NG, n.d.)), the development and implementation of indicators and measurement systems to determine acceptable levels of impact from tourism, and the generation of data and information necessary to manage existing or potential changes. A critical component of any strategy is the concept of carrying capacity and limits of acceptable change, as well as the identification and collection of baseline information to serve as reference for monitoring programmes (see SCBD 2007, p. 25 and 29).

Flickr.com/macgerry

GOOD PRACTICES

Measuring, baseline information, reporting, auditing, monitoring and evaluation

Benchmarking can be established through case studies and research. A destination is identified that has successfully addressed challenges facing a particular site; by comparing the ways through which the problem was solved, and by taking into consideration the particular circumstances of each destination, an action plan for improvements can be implemented. Many companies and governments are starting to report on their environmental and biodiversity performance, and to request audits of their procedures and results. The Global Reporting Initiative provides global guidelines on how to report, and a special chapter on tourism has been produced in partnership with the Tour Operator’s Initiative and UNWTO (GRI n.d.). Under “Instruments for More Sustainable Tourism”, UNEP and UNWTO’s Guide for Policy Makers provides information and cases on reporting and auditing (see UNEP and UNWTO 2005, p. 99). The UNWTO’s Guidebook on Indicators of Sustainable Development for Tourism Development (UNWTO 2005) is a comprehensive publication that includes methods to develop and measure sustainability indicators tailored to specific destinations. 29

CASE STUDY / Environmental management indicators for ecotourism (China) Flickr.com/ullrich.c

An environmental management programme was established using the Pressure-StateResponse (PSR) model. According to this model, indicators are classed as pressure indicators, state indicators, or response indicators. In total, forty-five indicators were developed, grouped under three headings: local natural environment, artificial facilities, and social / economic environment. Eleven of the forty-five indicators were state indicators, designed to monitor the state of tourist destinations. These factors are key to determining any expansion of tourism development in the reserve. Fourteen pressure indicators were developed to monitor impacts of tourism activities on the environment, and the effectiveness of management measures to protect the tourism environment. The ten response indicators included measures, regulations and standards used by managers to control and prevent degradation of the tourism environment. The environmental management programme included the reserve as well as surrounding communities influenced by tourism activities. The programme acknowledged the influence of tourism activities on the ecosystem as a whole, including areas beyond the reserve boundaries. Two key issues restricting tourism development were vegetation damage by hikers, and water supply shortage. Application of the PSR model in the Tianmushan Nature Reserve illustrated that the proposed indicators could be used to monitor the pressures caused by tourism, and the effectiveness of responses intended to lead to sustainable tourism. (Source: Li 2004) 30

GOOD PRACTICES

The Tianmushan Nature Reserve is a 42.84 km 2 area established in 1986 to protect a primeval forest ecosystem of southeast China. It was recognized as an international biosphere reserve in 1996 under the UNESCO Man and Biosphere Program. The siteâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s rare flora and fauna as well as cultural attractions have drawn increasing numbers of visitors over the years, from 29,650 in 1987 to 52,160 in 1998. The area within the reserve open to visitors is relatively small, composed of two trails of approximately 6 km and 8 km each. Given the limited environmental carrying capacity of the area and high visitation rates, management of tourism activity is recognized as an important issue.

>> LINK: Slide 23

Economic, financial and market-based instruments Economic, financial and market-based instruments include some of the following:

Megan Epler Wood

GOOD PRACTICES

▪ Sustainable tourism certification (see UNEP and UNWTO 2005, p. 102); ▪ Concessions for tourism operations in protected areas and public land (see Eagles et al. 2002 for a complete review of financing options); ▪ Awards (e.g. ITB To Do, WTTC Tourism for Tomorrow, Conde Nast Traveler’s World Savers award) and marketing support (e.g. ICT/Costa Rica) to sustainability pioneers; ▪ Incentives for sustainable tourism (e.g. tax incentives, waivers of import taxes or rebates on sustainable technologies not locally available); ▪ Implementing or modifying taxes, charges and fees to redirect tourism flows; ▪ Provision of appropriate visitor impact management infrastructure; ▪ Public support to voluntary environmental reporting, guidelines / codes of conduct. Concession systems The institutional capacity of a park agency to engage with the tourism sector in the design phase of a concessions policy, and to manage its implementation, determines its ultimate success. Concession systems need to consider how to facilitate and promote investment capacity and interest of the private sector, and how to address problems that will inevitably follow, such as quality control, responsibilities in cases of contract breeches, damage control and reimbursement of investments needed to comply with regulations (see Eagles and Hillel 2008). Awards Awards for sustainable tourism help identify benchmarks and recognize leadership. Basically, laws and norms define the minimum acceptable standards, certification schemes and incentives encourage the majority of players to attain higher levels of sustainability, while awards highlight the best practices of champions and pioneers. These benchmarks can evolve as more players are able to satisfy more demanding standards. 31

Example / Fair Trade in Tourism South Africa Fair Trade in Tourism South Africa (FTTSA) is a nonprofit organisation that encourages fair and responsible tourism development in South Africa. FTTSA administers a voluntary certification programme, which awards the use of the FTTSA certification mark to tourism establishments in South Africa adhering to the following principles: ▪ Fair share: Participants involved in a tourism activity should get their fair share of income in proportion to their contribution to the activity; ▪ Democracy: Participants involved in a tourism activity should have the right and opportunity to participate in decisions concerning them; ▪ Respect: Both host and visitor should have respect for human rights, culture and the environment; ▪ Reliability: The services delivered to tourists should be reliable and consistent, and basic safety and security should be guaranteed to visitors and host communities; ▪ Transparency: Tourism businesses should establish mechanisms of accountability; ▪ Sustainability: Tourism businesses should strive to be sustainable through, for example, responsible use of resources and reduction of economic leakage through local purchasing and employment. As of 2008, 34 establishments were certified under FTTSA, including 6 community-owned enterprises. (Source: FTTSA 2008) 32

GOOD PRACTICES

Certification The most successful certification schemes bring three kinds of advantages to prospective clients: marketing value by the consumers (brand recognition), preferential treatment by other businesses along the supply chain (right of first refusal, prerequisites for suppliers), and management benefits (the process leading to certification trains and motivates the company team). When a government or a destination management body wishes to adopt voluntary codes of conduct or standards, they have the option of adhering to existing sets of guidelines, ecolabels and certification criteria, or developing new criteria based on their own conditions and expectations. Investment in existing standards is more worthwhile if that brand is recognized by key consumers or business-to-business decision makers. An existing label may not necessarily be easily applied to local circumstances, however, and may require payment of licensing fees to the brand holder.

GOOD PRACTICES

Economic, financial and market-based instruments (continued) Investment promotion In many developing destinations, governments set up “one-stop shops” for investment promotion designed to attract the “right” investor (i.e. one with long-term investment return expectations, local involvement, is integrated with the local economy, and who is sustainability-minded). The efficiency of these one-stop shop programmes is linked to their capacity to coordinate with the various agencies which have a legal mandate to regulate investments. Very often they succeed solely by providing consistent and timely information to prospective investors and helping to avoid some of the disincentives to investment (bureaucracy, overlaps between legal mandates, misinformation and even corruption) that plague some developing destinations. User / Entrance fees and charges User fees are an excellent opportunity to benefit conservation, because they can be applied to control visitation to sensitive natural areas, assist in financing nature conservation, and may also support community projects. According to the user-pays-principle, user fees are considered as a fair way to collect revenues for protecting biodiversity (compared to taxes, for example). There is generally a high acceptance of user fees if they are allocated for necessary costs at the site where charges are collected, and not directed back into national government budgets to be used for other purposes. Environmental charges can however backfire in the tourism sector. Problems include whether the collecting agency has a legal mandate that is accepted by all, and whether it has the capacity to manage the resources in a transparent manner that leads to improvements in tourists’ experiences of the destination. Other mechanisms A sample of other economic and financial instruments include: ▪ Merchandising / Marketing of local products: This can support the operation of commercial activities by local communities (e.g. marketing local water from source, certificates of origin for craft products) thus providing income; ▪ Carbon-offset schemes can also contribute to biodiversity protection as they compensate for carbon emissions caused by tourism operations by investing in carbon offset projects (e.g. forest conservation projects by Conservation International, see CI n.d.b); ▪ Individual and corporate donations to support conservation activities. 33

CASE STUDY / Certification (Costa Rica)

GOOD PRACTICES

The CST programme has had a positive effect on Costa Rica’s tourism industry, as it establishes a set of credible, objective standards for sustainability. In promoting exemplary environmental and social practices, businesses certified under the CST have made an effort to improve their performance and rating over time. As a government-led initiative, the CST program has the advantage of being free-of-charge to participating business, while also maintaining high technical and ethical standards. The programme also benefits from official recognition and use in marketing Costa Rica and integration within Costa Rica’s National Strategy for the Development of Sustainable Tourism. (UNEP and UNWTO 2005 and CST 2008)

Flickr.com/Karmor

Costa Rica’s Certification for Sustainable Tourism (CST) programme, developed by the Costa Rican Tourist Board in the early 1990s, is designed to reward socially and environmentally responsible businesses, while also meeting customer expectations for a unique and high quality experience. Certification is awarded by an independent commission to businesses that can demonstrate, upon external audit, compliance with established sustainability criteria, and a minimum score of 20% in four basic areas: physical / biological parameters; infrastructure and services; interaction with clients; and socio-economic context (interaction with the local community). Improvements in management practices can allow a business to earn up to five levels of CST, indicated by leaves (similar to the concept of one to five stars for quality). Monteverde cloud forest, Costa Rica Of the 84 CST certified accommodations in Costa Rica in 2008, only four have reached the fifth level (five leaves, requiring a score of 95% in all four areas).

>> LINK: Slide 25

Flickr.com/Marth de Jong-Lantink

GOOD PRACTICES

Capacity building Through capacity-building, governments can influence the operation of tourism businesses towards sustainability and cleaner production. Practitioners in developing countries indicate that in cases where governments are not capable of setting up capacity building systems, NGOs often play this role. Capacity building may include: ▪ Networks of specialists, distance education tools, web-based information portals, virtual conferences and webinars; ▪ Establishment of destination management and marketing organizations with a social and environmental focus; ▪ Development of a standard curriculum on sustainable tourism, to be included in official guidelines for training/education institutions; ▪ Establishment of Public-Private-Partnerships and tourism trade associations; ▪ Support for development of voluntary codes – such as the Global Sustainable Tourism Criteria (GSTC n.d.). ▪ Professional development tools for small and medium enterprises, particularly business incubators for critical sustainable facilities and services, special credit lines, and marketing support (trade fairs, websites, and awards). Strategies for capacity building on sustainability differ for each sub-segment of the tourism industry. The majority of jobs in tourism are offered by micro, small and medium enterprises (SMEs). Sustainable tourism capacity building for SMEs is a challenge given their heterogeneous nature (i.e. variability in business structures), and their survivorship (generally, the majority of SMEs do not survive 2 years), which demands constant re-training. With the larger corporate resort and hotel management chains and operation companies, decision making is concentrated with investors and top executives, and the language of sustainability has to be carefully integrated into its business plans. Capacity building is often more readily available with this large scale segment of the industry (e.g. environmental management systems, human resources policies and training budgets), procedures are more uniform (i.e. approaches on sustainability are easier to take up to scale), and benefits are relatively easy to measure (e.g. savings in resource use, motivation of employees, and jobs generated). 35

>> ADDITIONAL CAPACITY BUILDING TOOLS ▪ Sustainable hotel siting, design and construction guidelines (IBLF and CI 2005); ▪ Sustainable cruise line operations guidelines (CI 2006); ▪ Guide for action on biodiversity in hotels (IUCN 2008); ▪ The Global Partnership for Sustainable Tourism Criteria — Resource Centre (GSTC n.d.). ▪ Leeds Metropolitan University’s International Centre for Responsible Tourism: http://www.icrtourism.org/ library.shtml 36

GOOD PRACTICES

Very often, it is critical to qualify a core group of trainers to jumpstart the capacity of a destination to engage in sustainable tourism. In 1992, a group of Brazilian pioneers in ecotourism worked with Conservation International to develop a strategy for a series of product development workshops. A 10-day train-the-trainers workshop was conceived in order to build local capacity and to adapt relevant procedures and technology to Brazilian culture and circumstances. With a consortium of NGOs and The Ecoplan:net Institute, CI held a series of workshops in 1994 and trained a core group of 35 tourism professionals from 8 Brazilian states to be interactive instructors (called facilitators) capable of conducting a series of 5-day regional ecotourism workshops. From this original group, more than 600 individuals throughout Brazil have participated in 55 workshops between 1996 and 2004. The specialists were able to respond to new training and consulting needs from local governments, NGOs, entrepreneurs and communities. A recent assessment by the Brazilian ecotourism association identified at least 80 new products (e.g. tours, ecolodges, attractions, etc.) designed with the workshop methodology. Sixteen of the original trainthe-trainers workshop participants continue to assist CI-ecotourism initiatives in Brazil. (Source: Hillel 2009)

Flickr.com/aldrichsteve

CASE STUDY / Train-the-trainers workshops (Brazil)

>> LINK: Slide 27

GOOD PRACTICES

Promotion, marketing and communication: influencing visitors Most travelers are still unaware of the potential impact their consumer choices can have on the sustainability of tourism. Communicating sustainability issues to tourists is not easy. There is a perception that tourists do not want to consider the negative effects of their vacation – they do not want to see poverty, deal with waste, witness cultural degradation, or face the concerns of locals. While there is an element of truth in this, particularly in the “escape paradigm” of vacationing, a large percentage of travelers today want to contribute positively. In fact, sustainability sells – if the message is well presented, and pricing is competitive, customers are inclined to prefer providers that benefit destinations. Interpretation techniques can be employed by tourism providers to communicate natural and cultural heritage values, create a sense of place and awareness, and to offer a quality tourism experience. Governments can also steer strategic planning in tourism towards sustainability by targeting its marketing investment. The Costa-Rican government, for example, uses its tourism marketing investment preferentially on businesses recognized through its CST ecolabel. This creates an additional incentive for commitments and certification. The EU has supported marketing of certified businesses (using a range of ecolabels) through the VISIT project, while the IFC and the World Bank group have supported the establishment of World Hotel link, a travel portal to promote its sustainable businesses. >> Additional Resources for Marketing and Promoting Sustainability SCBD (2007) User’s Manual on the CBD Guidelines—see Annex (p. 116-122) and Technical User’s list (p. 73-86). UNEP’s guide on Marketing Sustainable Tourism Products: Font and Carey (2005) IUCN tourism publications: http://www.iucn.org/about/work/programmes/business/bbp_our_work/tourism/ Voluntary Initiatives for Sustainability in Tourism: www.visit21.net UK Federation of Tour Operators (supply chain management, Travelife sustainability system): http:// www.its4travel.com/ Worldhotel-link.com: www.whl.travel/about_us ResponsibleTravel.com, a travel portal with background information: www.responsibletravel.com Planeta.com—a global journal of practical ecotourism: www.planeta.com 37

CASE STUDY / Tour Operators Initiative for Sustainable Tourism Development (TOI) (Mexico and Thailand) Flickr.com/alfonsator

Given the value that protected areas add to tourism business, TOI signed a cooperation agreement in 2006 with the World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF) to support biodiversity conservation in areas of high-volume tourism. Riviera and Costa Maya (Mexico) was the first selected destination, where unprecedented tourism growth overlaps with rich biodiversity. Project partners recognized the need to support the adoption of Good Environmental Practices by hotels and improve tourism planning through the integration and adoption of sustainable Siting, Design and Construction practices in federal regulations. These were the first key steps to reduce the negative consequences of tourism over-development. They successfully contributed to the drafting of the National Tourism Law, specifically focusing on coastal conservation incentives and responsible tourism in protected areas, and recommended the inclusion of an Official Norm with the provision of rules for Siting, Design and Construction at the Yucatán Peninsula, approved in February 2009. In the Andaman Sea Eco-region, Thailand (particularly Phuket, Kao Lak and Krabi), TOI and WWF are focusing on improving waste water treatment, training hotel and resort staff, and ensuring that fragile areas and endangered species (like turtles) are protected. In Koh Khao Island, province of Phang Nga, district of Ta Kua Pa, efforts of TOI and the UNWTO Consulting Unit on Biodiversity and Tourism Development are geared to preventively avoid possible negative impacts of mass tourism and help diversify the offer to extend tourists’ stay. (Source: TOI n.d. and UNWTO 2009b) 38

GOOD PRACTICES

Established in 2000 by a group of tour operators, with the backing of UNEP, UNESCO and the UNWTO, which currently hosts the Secretariat, the Tour Operators’ Initiative for Sustainable Tourism Development (TOI) is an international alliance of tour operators engaged in advancing the UN goal of sustainable development. Tour operators are in a key position to influence the supply chain and encourage and catalyze initiatives and efforts to achieve sustainable tourism development across all sectors of the tourism industry. Individual TOI member companies recognize that they are directly responsible for safeguarding destinations and, from a business perspective, for offering a good product to clients while preserving the future of their business.

Suggestions for tourism training sessions: Information in this guide can be used to inform strategic planning, policy and legislative development, and project design. It can also be used for educational or training purposes. Training programmes can follow the suggested sequence and content, or select only the appropriate tools and examples, as needed. The CD in the booklet jacket includes a slide presentation summarizing the content of the booklet and is included to assist in the dissemination of information. The information presented in this section was drawn from an experts workshop on tourism training at the 2009 Reisepavillon International Alternative Travel Fair in Munich, Germany. When organising educational / training programmes, some of the following suggestions may help to improve outcomes: 1. Ensure a balanced composition of stakeholders, including public and private players. Participation of stakeholders involved in, or affected by, tourism is essential for the integrated management of tourism, biodiversity and poverty reduction. 2. Train-the-trainers strategies can often ensure that a critical mass of experts and experience is made available on a larger scale. Providing a small number of participants with the skills to train, educate, and service workshops, can have significant positive impacts over time on the industry as a whole.

RESOURCES

3. A â&#x20AC;&#x153;hands-onâ&#x20AC;? approach should be used to explain the concepts and principles of sustainable tourism development. Whenever possible, trainers should use local examples and case studies, employ learning field-trips, involve local experts, and include face-to-face meetings with both local and national tourism players to help foster information exchange. 4. When planning training programmes the cultural norms and values of trainees should be considered. In some cultures, open discussion between hierarchical levels and age groups is accepted and encouraged, while in others, guidance from supervisors is expected. Successful training carefully considers the background, motivations, circumstances, capacities and expectations of participants, peers, supervisors and institutions. Involving target public representatives early on (to design the process and content of a training programme) can facilitate this process. 39

SCBD / Chantal Robichaud

5. Problems often appear after a training session (and not before)! Training needs to be complemented with coaching, individual technical support, and demonstration models. Supportive activities can include ongoing information support systems using Web 2.0 technologies before and after, newsletters, etc.. 6. Tourism specialists are often not experienced trainers. Training / educational specialists should therefore be involved in the development of training materials and organization of a training programme. Trained facilitators and presenters, as well as communication specialists need to be part of the team. 7. Training is lost if it is not part of a broader capacity building / 2008 Pacific region workshop on indigenous communities, tourism and biodiversity (Samoa). development / empowerment effort that allows participants to use acquired skills. There is often a gap between an existing situation and future planned status â&#x20AC;&#x201C; people who are trained do not use the techniques and contents of the training not only because they may not yet possess the skills, but also due to other institutional and systemic constraints.

RESOURCES

8. In order for training to be effective, a need has to be identified (i.e. the training should respond to a real need as perceived by local players), stakeholders need to be organized (and possibly empowered) prior to training, and a multistakeholder framework or governance structure may need to be set up to organize the training, follow up on it, and ensure that participants actually use the skills and knowledge they acquire. In governments, it is essential to involve all relevant ministries and agencies, not only in environment but also tourism/economy, education, foreign affairs, planning, regional affairs and finance/budgeting. At times, it may be important to institutionalize these multi-stakeholder and interinstitutional boards, so that initiatives can survive beyond short political mandates and/or circumstances. Local ownership of the training process, and of its content development, as well as the explicit support of top management, are critical for training programmes to leave lasting results.

Checklist of good-practices: Tourism for Nature and Development Consulting the questions below will allow you to assess the degree to which the recommendations of the guide have been adopted in a specific destination, region, or country. The goal is to ensure that none of the key tools presented in this publication are overlooked in the development of sustainable tourism initiatives. The Secretariat has made available a set of complete checklists for the CBD guidelines (see SCBD 2007, p.87), and has developed a self-assessment survey on the Biodiversity and Tourism Network website (see http://tourism.cbd.int/survey.shtml).

RESOURCES

Planning process In your sustainable tourism planning process, do you utilize the CBD Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development and its User’s Manual as references? Do you use other regional/global standards, guidelines and principles such as the UNWTO’s Global Code of Ethics (UNWTO 2001) or the Global Sustainable Tourism Criteria (GSTC n.d.)? Policies and Strategies ▪ Do you have specific policies, strategies or plans on tourism, nature and development/poverty reduction? If so, do your plans, policies and strategies on biodiversity, tourism and poverty reduction overlap/reinforce each other (i.e. do policies in one segment consider policies in the other two)? ▪ Is there a federal-level institutional framework that brings together all relevant Ministries and government agencies (tourism promotion/marketing boards, park agencies, investment promotion offices, etc.) in governing/implementing the plans and strategies? ▪ Do you have sustainable tourism destination/site plans (or a series of them) that consider biodiversity and poverty reduction, developed and governed by site-specific multi-stakeholder working groups? ▪ Do you have a portfolio of projects/proposals supporting your sustainable tourism policies, strategies and destination plans? ▪ Are your tourism laws, codes and norms supportive of your sustainable tourism policies and destination plans? ▪ Are public-private partnerships objectively supported/encouraged for sustainable tourism in your destination, including through capacity-building and special attention to local trade associations and SMEs? 41

Measurement/baseline information ▪ Is there a monitoring and evaluation system in place for sustainable tourism, with a set of indicators, supporting policies and destinations plans? Are there appropriate reporting mechanisms, which communicate information to all relevant stakeholders and the public in general? Economics/finances/markets ▪ Are you using certification systems or eco-labels (through self-assessment or third-party auditing) for sustainable tourism? Are they compatible with policies and plans on biodiversity and poverty reduction/development? ▪ Are there clearly defined and monitored concession policies and norms for sustainable tourism operators in protected areas and sensitive ecosystems? ▪ Are there economic incentives in place that promote biodiversity-friendly and pro-poor tourism, such as tax exemptions, awards for best practices, special credit lines, investment promotion strategies, business incubators, or other tools? ▪ Have visitor impact management systems (e.g. technologies, management procedures) been put in place for protected areas or natural areas in your country / region / destination? Capacity building ▪ Do you have regular/ongoing capacity building initiatives (e.g. training programmes, networks, web-based platforms) for key stakeholder groups in your destination, on the links between tourism, nature and development? ▪ Is sustainable tourism included in tourism-related curricula and training programmes (formal and informal), in educational institutions, trade associations and local NGOs? If so, are biodiversity and poverty reduction considered in the content and evaluation methods?

RESOURCES

Communication/awareness ▪ Has sustainable tourism (including messages on biodiversity and local development) been incorporated in communication/promotional materials on the destination targeted to visitors, residents and tourism professionals? ▪ Are there support systems (e.g. clearinghouses, databases, collaborative platforms) in place to encourage/assist the private sector in including sustainability issues in their communication activities and materials?

References (CI) Conservation International. 2006. Sustainable cruise line operations guidelines. Accessed at: www.celb.org/ ImageCache/CELB/content/downloads/pdf/from_5fship_5fto_5fshore_5feng_2epdf/v1/ from_5fship_5fto_5fshore_5feng.pdf. CI. 2008. The Gudigwa Cultural Village: An historical overview of a community eco-cultural tourism initiative in northern Botswana. CI. n.d.a Various publications on marine recreation and the cruise ship industry, Accessed at: www.celb.org/xp/CELB/ publications-resources/; and Sustainable Hotel Siting, Design and Construction, Accessed at: www.iblf.org/docs/ SitingDesign.pdf. CI. n.d.b Accessed at: www.celb.org/xp/CELB/programs/climate/conservation_carbon.xml. Craigwell, R. 2007. UNU-WIDER Research Paper No. 2007/19. Tourism Competitiveness in Small Island Developing States.

RESOURCES

(CST) Certification for Sustainable Tourism (Costa Rica). 2008. Accessed at: www.turismo-sostenible.co.cr/EN/home.shtml. Cizmar, S. and S. Lisjak. 2007. Tourism master plans: An effective tourism destination management tool in SEE. South East European Journal of Economics & Business, 2(1): 48-57. Eagles, Paul F.J., McCool, Stephen F. and Haynes, Christopher D.A.. 2002. Sustainable Tourism in Protected Areas: Guidelines for Planning and Management. IUCN Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK. xv + 183pp.

Eagles, P. and O. Hillel. 2008. Improving protected area finance through tourism. In Protected areas in todayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s world: their values and benefits for the welfare of the planet. Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity, Technical Series no. 36: p 77-86. Accessed at: www.cbd.int/doc/publications/cbd-ts-39-en.pdf. (EUHOFA, IH&RA, and UNEP) International Association of Hotel Schools, International Hotel and Restaurant Association, and the United Nations Environment Programme. 2001. Sowing the Seeds of Change: An Environmental and Sustainable Tourism Teaching Pack for the Hospitality Industry. Accessed at: www.unep.fr/scp/publications/details.asp?id=DTI/1043/ PA. Font, X. and B. Carey. 2005. Marketing Sustainable Tourism Products. United Nations Environment Programme and Regione Tuscana. Accessed at: www.unep.fr/shared/publications/pdf/WEBx0010xPA-MarketingTourism.pdf. (FTTSA) Fair Trade in Tourism South Africa. 2008. Making Tourism More Responsible and More Rewarding: Annual Report 2007-2008. Accessed at: www.fairtourismsa.org.za/pdffiles/FTTAnnualReport2008.pdf. (GSTC) Global Sustainable Tourism Criteria. n.d. Accessed at: www.sustainabletourismcriteria.org. Hillel, O. 2009. per com. Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity. Programme Officer (Sustainable Use, Tourism and Island Biodiversity).

RESOURCES

(ITP) International Tourism Partnership. n.d. Accessed at: www.tourismpartnership.org/Publications/EMH.html (GRI) Global Reporting Initiative. n.d. Accessed at: www.globalreporting.org/ReportingFramework/SectorSupplements/ TourOperators. (IUCN) International Union for Conservation of Nature. 2008. Biodiversity: My hotel in action. Accessed at: http://cmsdata.iucn.org/downloads/iucn_hotel_guide_final.pdf.

References (continued) IUCN. n.d. Tourism: Gender makes the difference. Accessed at: http://generoyambiente.org/biblioteca/documentos.php? leng=ingles&cat=5&subcat=5. Li, W. 2004. Environmental management indicators for ecotourism in Chinaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s nature reserves: A case study in Tianmushan Nature Reserve. Tourism Management, 25: 559-564. (MEA) Millennium Ecosystem Assessment. 2005. Ecosystems and Human Well-Being: Current State and Trends. Volume 1. Island Press, Washington, DC. (NG) National Geographic. n.d. Accessed at: www.nationalgeographic.com/travel/sustainable/info_and_resources.html. (ODI) Overseas Development Institute. 2005. Can tourism accelerate pro-poor growth in Africa? Accessed at http:// www.odi.org.uk/resources/odi-opinions.asp. (PPT) Pro-Poor Tourism. n.d. Accessed at: www.propoortourism.org.uk/index.html.

RESOURCES

(SCBD) Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity. 2006. Global Biodiversity Outlook 2. Accessed at: www.cbd.int/gbo2/. SCBD. 2007. Managing Tourism & Biodiversity: Userâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Manual on the CBD Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development. Accessed at: www.cbd.int/tourism/guidelines.shtml. SCBD. 2008. Cross-sectoral toolkit for the conservation and sustainable management of forest biodiversity. Accessed at: www.cbd.int/doc/publications/cbd-ts-39-en.pdf. 45

SCBD. n.d. Biodiversity and Tourism: Introduction. Accessed at: www.cbd.int/tourism/intro.shtml. Spenceley, A. 2003. Sustainable Nature-based Tourism Assessment Toolkit (SUNTAT). Accessed at: http:// anna.spenceley.co.uk/Papers.htm. Steck, B. (SNV) and ODI. 2009. Tracing the Tourism $,€, £ in Northern Tanzania. Power point presentation. British Overseas Development Institute and Netherlands Development Organisation. (ST-EP) Sustainable Tourism — Eliminating Poverty. n.d. Accessed at: www.unwto.org/step/pub/en/pub.php. (TOI) Tour Operators’ Initiative for Sustainable Tourism Development. n.d. Accessed at: www.toinitiative.org. (UNEP) United Nations Environment Programme . 2005. Tourism Expansion: Increasing threats, or conservation opportunities? Assessed at: www.grid.unep.ch/product/publication/download/ew_tourism.en.pdf. UNEP. n.d. Accessed at: www.unep.fr/scp/tourism/publications/. (UNEP and CI) United Nations Environment Programme and Conservation International. 2003. Tourism and Biodiversity. Mapping Tourism’s Global Footprint. Accessed at: www.unep.org/PDF/Tourism_and_biodiversity_report.pdf.

(UNEP-WCMC) The United Nations Environment Programme World Conservation Monitoring Centre. 2006. In the front line: shoreline protection and other ecosystem services from mangroves and coral reefs. UNEP-WCMC, Cambridge, UK 33 pp. Accessed at: www.unep-wcmc.org/resources/PDFs/In_the_front_line.pdf.

RESOURCES

(UNEP and UNWTO) United Nations Environment Programme and World Tourism Organization. 2005. Making Tourism More Sustainable: A Guide for Policy Makers. Accessed at: www.unep.fr/scp/publications/details.asp?id=DTI/0592/PA.

References (continued) (UNWTO) World Tourism Organization. 2001. Global Code of Ethics for Tourism. Accessed at: www.world-tourism.org/ code_ethics/eng/brochure.htm. UNWTO. 2004. Tourism and Poverty Alleviation: Recommendations for Action. UNWTO. 2005. Guidebook on Indicators of Sustainable Development for Tourism Development. UNWTO. 2008. Tourism Highlights. Accessed at www.unwto.org/facts/eng/pdf/highlights/ UNWTO_Highlights08_en_LR.pdf. UNWTO. 2009a. UNWTO World Tourism Barometer. 7 (1). UNWTO. 2009b. Unpublished. Tour Operators’ Initiative for Sustainable Tourism Development (TOI) - Mexico and Thailand. (UNWTO, UNEP and WMO) World Tourism Organization, United Nations Environment Programme, and the World Meteorological Organization. 2007. Climate Change and Tourism: Responding to Global Challenges.

RESOURCES

(WLT) World Land Trust. n.d. Carbon Balanced—Flight Calculator. Accessed at: http://www.carbonbalanced.org/ calculator/flights.asp. Note: Carbon dioxide emissions per capita are listed at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ List_of_countries_by_carbon_dioxide_emissions_per_capita. (WRI) World Resources Institute. n.d. Accessed at: http://cait.wri.org/figures.php?page=ntn/2-3. (WTTC) World Travel and Tourism Council. 2009. Travel and Tourism Economic Impact: Caribbean. Accessed at: www.wttc.org/bin/pdf/original_pdf_file/caribbean.pdf. WTTC. n.d. Accessed at www.wttc.org/eng/Tourism_Research/Tourism_Satellite_Accounting. 47

Contents of the CD Rom Power Point Presentation: This presentation summarises the content of this booklet and has been included as a tool for tourism planners to share this information in training sessions, workshops, strategic planning meetings, etc.. The slide show can be customized for presentation to a particular audience by the following steps: 1) On the Slide Show menu, click Custom Shows; 2) click New; 3) Add the slides that you wish to present.

Key Documents: 1. Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity. 2004. Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development. Available at: www.cbd.int/doc/publications/tou-gdl-en.pdf 2. Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity. 2007. Managing Tourism & Biodiversity: Userâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Manual on the CBD Guidelines on Biodiversity and Tourism Development. Available at: www.cbd.int/tourism/guidelines.shtml. The Guidelines provide a framework for addressing what the proponent of a new tourism investment or activity should do to seek approval, how the authorities should manage the approval process, and how to sustain the transition to sustainable tourism through education and capacity building.

RESOURCES

3. United Nations Environment Programme and World Tourism Organization. 2005. Making Tourism More Sustainable: A Guide for Policy Makers. Available at: www.unep.fr/scp/publications/details.asp?id=DTI/0592/PA. The Guide presents a comprehensive set of instruments for governments ranging from planning regulations to economic instruments and the application of certification and indicators. It sets out 12 aims for sustainable tourism and their implications for policy, and describes the collaborative structures and strategies required at a national and local level.

For more information, please contact:

Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity 413 Saint Jacques Street, Suite 800 Montreal, QC Canada H2Y 1N9 Tel: +1 514 288 2220 Fax: +1 514 288 6588 E-mail: secretariat@cbd.int Web: www.cbd.int

Technical support for this project has been provided by UNEP and UNWTO. Financial support has been provided by the French Ministry of Foreign and European Affairs.